Chapter 1: And Like Moths To A Flame (Our Deaths Will Be Bright)
Notes:
Hello, welcome to the first chapter of my pain. My suffering. My existential crisis writing. If you see typos no you didn't. We are starting off soft with a nice little Danny intro. But don't worry I tend to move my fics along pretty quickly. Chapters are usually over a thousand words but pls don't expect 10k chapters or something like that. Updates are hopefully weekly but uh....maybe not. we'll see. This is my first work on ao3 but I promise I probably know what I'm doing. enjoy. :)
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Danny remembered pain. He remembered that there was a bright light, a scream, and then there was pain. Not just pain, The Pain. He remembered the horrible tearing sound as reality was ripped around him. He remembered what it felt like as the weight of a foreign dimension crushed into him. He remembered what it felt like as the weight of his own crushed back . He remembered how it felt as strange energy invaded his body, shredding apart his skin, muscles, bones, tissues, and organs, seeping down to a cellular level. He remembered that ectoplasm had not been kind to him when it dismantled his DNA. When it burned through his body and rewrote him as it saw fit. As it took a part of him, a fragile, human part of him, and burned it without remorse. He remembered what it felt like when something else took its place. He remembered what it was like to be ripped apart. What it was like to be put back together different. Wrong. He remembered what it felt like to die screaming.Ā
When asked, he said he didnāt. Everything would be easier if he didnāt.Ā
At first, all Danny wanted to do was forget about his...accident. He wanted to push the memories behind him. Beneath the surface. If he didnāt think about it, maybe, just maybe, it wouldnāt hurt as much.Ā
Sam and Tucker tried to help. They comforted him and they made sure to hold his hand through dropping science beakers. Through every school embarrassment and near mishap around his parents. He appreciated their dedication. But he knew they didnāt really understand. They didnāt know what it was like. What it felt like. Because they didnāt want to talk about it either. Because if they did they would have to admit what all of them really knew, deep down.Ā
Ā
Danny was dead.Ā
Ā
And he wasnāt coming back.Ā
Ā
Then, the ghosts started coming through. And everything got worse.Ā
Ā
At first, he tried to ignore them. Most of the ghosts that came through were small little creatures. Shades. He didnāt know how to explain it, but he knew they werenāt a threat. He knew he was bigger than them. Stronger than them. He didnāt know how he knew. He didnāt want to be able to sense the emotions of the little green and blue blobs that occasionally trailed after him, too weak to be visible to anyone else. The small little ghosts that seemed to follow him around like puppies, excited and chittering. But he was the only one that could see them. Hear them. At first, they freaked him out. But eventually, the things his parents told him his whole life, the things they said about how dangerous ghosts were, didnāt seem as true. Another thing Danny tried not to think about.Ā
But then the ghosts started getting bigger. Angrier. And then they didnāt just come through the portal, they started coming through and attacking. They started hurting people.Ā
Ā
And something in Danny seemed to snap every time it happened.Ā
Ā
So he started trying to stop them. He had to stop them. Because something in him was hurting. Something in him was burning . It was burning like the Portal. Like The Pain. Something in his chest would start to itch and heat up, spreading through his body and running through his veins. Like it was trying to eat him alive. Well. Mostly alive.Ā
And every time he defeated a ghost, every time he saw Sam and Tucker and Jazz and his parents and his classmates and his neighbors and his town safe? Well, The Pain in his chest didnāt hurt quite so much. Didnāt seem to burn him from the inside out, claw at his throat, and threaten to drag him screaming into the dark.Ā
He counted it as a win.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
Danny had been dead for two years, 118 days, and 9 hours. Danny had been admitting he was dead for around 7 months.
Jazz told him it was āprogressā.Ā
Ā
Danny wasnāt so sure.Ā
Ā
He was, however, able to use it to his full advantage. The number of jokes that opened up with his acknowledgment of his death and other related traumas was absolutely astounding.Ā
āDanny, please. You are going to be late for school.ā He heard his sister beg, his half-opened eyes catching a glimpse of her bright, orange hair in his doorway.Ā
āCanāt go to school if I have a temperature.ā He argued back bluntly. He heard his sister heave a deep sigh. He held back a grin.Ā
āYou donāt have a temperature, Danny.āĀ
āNo,ā he countered, āI donāt have a fever . I definitely have a temperature unhealthy for the typical human body. Iām practically hypothermic. I should stay home. Really, itād be for the best.āĀ
Jazz heaved another great sigh. There was a moment of silence, and Danny assumed Jazz had finally relented.Ā
āIāll give you money to go to Nasty Burger after school if you go.ā Danny debated for a moment, before rising from his bed, grumbling the whole time. He tried to ignore the blatant grin of victory that was spreading across his sisterās face.Ā
āI hate that you know how to bribe me.ā He complained.Ā
āDonāt be mad because Iām right. No one needs to be that angry all the time.ā Jazz easily replied, triumph clear in her very posture. Danny rolled his eyes, mentally preparing to suffer another day at school.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
Danny groaned as his back collided sharply with the lockers. It wasnāt as if it particularly hurt. He got thrown through buildings every other night. But that was Phantom. Right now? Right now he was Danny Fenton; the idiot who got himself killed. The weirdo with only two weird friends. The freak who ditched class and pulled low grades and was out of school every other week. The loser who was the all-time favorite punching bag of one Dash Baxter.Ā
āSo, whatās new with you, Fentina? Do anything interesting lately?ā Dash asked toyingly, his bad breath hot on Dannyās face, his knuckles digging into Dannyās collar bone as he lifted him up off the ground and into the lockers. Danny tried very hard not to roll his eyes. (He didnāt succeed).Ā
āReally, Dash? Weāre in the 21st century. Isnāt it a little erroneous to still be insulting people with female connotations?ā All Danny received for his smart-ass remark was a right hook across his jaw, a bruise already forming. (And fading).Ā
āYou better watch your mouth, Fentina .ā Dash snarled, ready to go for another blow across the jaw. Danny was however saved by the bell, as second period began. Dash let out a sharp huff.Ā
āYou better hope Iām not late to class from dealing with you, freak. Otherwise, Iāll be seeing you extra tomorrow.ā And with that āwittyā remark, Dash stalked off down the hall to whatever poor teacher had the displeasure of dealing with him next. Danny let out a long sigh, slouching down against the lockers, settling into a seated position on the cold linoleum floor of the school hallway. Today was going to be a long day.Ā
Danny was about to get up and head to his own second period, accepting he would be tardy but hoping he wouldnāt be marked as truant when he felt a sharp tug in his chest. He rubbed it, brow furrowing. That wasnāt what his ghost sense felt like. The discomfort in his ribs settled after a moment and he was ready to dismiss it as a weird growing pain when it happened again; sharper this time. He couldnāt help the stilted gasp as the tugging became more and more intense. A harsh, yanking sensation, as if someone was trying to rip out his core with their bare hands and brute strength. The pain started to burn and he felt the ectoplasm in his blood begin to heat up, growing uncomfortably hotter every moment. With a blurry-eyed glance around to make sure the hallways were empty, Danny let a freezing cold sensation run across his body. He hoped that turning into Phantom would ease whatever weird heart-burn thing he had going on. He let out a breath of relief, the cold of the transformation pushing back the boiling heat, the ache in his chest lessening as his bones and muscles softened into ectoplasmic structures.Ā
His relief was very short-lived. The burning pain shot through his core, seemingly a thousand times stronger than it had been in his human form. He couldnāt help but let out a sharp yelp as the pain seemed to spread through his entire body. He felt his ectoplasm begin to buzz, seeming to hum with motion. The tugging got worse even still. Ancients, he knew he should have stayed home.Ā
Finally, the buzzing and the tugging and the pulling and the burning and the strain on his core and his chest got to be too much. His whole body felt like it was being pulled apart at the seams and his mind was blanking in and out from the pain. And he just. Let go. He let himself be pulled wherever his core was being pulled to because anything was better than this straining pain that had tears in his eyes and made him feel worse than going toe to toe with Plasmius.Ā
And when he finally felt himself stop stretching across whatever distance, when he stopped feeling like he was being pulled through time and space by a bungee cord duct taped to his core, when he finally felt his chest release, Danny opened his eyes. And when he did, he couldnāt help it when he didnāt believe them.
Today just got a whole lot longerā¦
Notes:
wow, look at that you survived. congratulations. let me know what you thought. how was the chapter length? how was the vibe? was the mellow unharshed? drop a comment, lemme know. thanks for reading and hopefully see you next week.
Chapter 2: To Sink Or Swim (Or To Drown)
Summary:
In which John has a no good very bad time and everyone is stressed (TM)
Notes:
uh hi? Y'all went a little crazy with the first chapter. like I'm thrilled, I just did not expect nearly that much response within so little time after publication. so uhm. I wrote chapter 2. yay me. I did change the chapter 1 title bc it uhm. *fits my theme better*. anyway yeah. you guys and your response to this story, especially in such an early stage, has really encouraged me to write it and keep writing it. anyway kudos and comments fuel my narcissism so if we could keep that trend going that would be super duper. so like. enjoy chapter two. :)
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
John Constantine was not having a very fun time. It wasnāt as if he was an unfun guy. He had plenty of fun! However, he had made the mistake of getting
involved
. Of becoming
committed
. Of being a
problem solver
. Everything had been better before aliens invaded the earth and suddenly everyone was chomping at the bit for a gimmick. He remembered the good old days. Back when most people thought he was just another con artist. (Back when most people were right.)
See, his first mistake was answering the phone. Well, really his first mistake was giving the Justice League a way to call him to begin with but that is a separate matter altogether. So. He answered the phone. It went a little something like this:Ā
āI donāt know how you got this number, but I highly suggest you lose it,ā John stated simply, ready to hang up the phone and walk away. However, he wasnāt quite fast enough.Ā
āConstantine. Itās me. We need you to come in.āĀ
How he hated that statement. He didnāt even get the chance to respond, to retort , to excuse himself from whatever nasty obligation the Dark Knight had in store for him. The Batman simply delivered his message and hung up like John wished he had in the first place. He didnāt even offer up any actual information about what they supposedly āneededā him for. Was it a world-ending threat? Was it another invasion? Do they just have a couple of wraiths loose in the Watchtower? He needed details, goddamnit. (He needed a drink too, but thatās beside the point.)Ā
Grumbling to himself, Constantine gathered up bits and pieces for various spells, trying to be prepared for whatever the JLA ended up so desperately needing his immediate attention for. Stack of spellbooks in hand and bag slung over his shoulder, John allowed himself a great sigh of despair and began his short trip to the Watchtower. God help him.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
Whatever John was expecting when he walked into the JLA Headquarters, it wasnāt this. For starters, absolutely nothing seemed wrong. Which was logically his first indication that something had gone horribly, terribly, undeniably wrong. God, he hated this job. (He didnāt even get paid and he knew at least one of these people had to be a billionaire, their clubhouse was in space , so really what the fuck?)Ā
See, as much as John didnāt like the Justice League, he knew they absolutely despised him. For one, he was not a hero. He wasnāt even a vigilante or an anti-hero. He was just an Occult Detective with a bit too much time on his hands, a little bit of magic, and one bad adventure with the Batman that ended up with him being their number one āDark Magic, Sourcery, Cursed Object, and Occult Mystic Arts Liason.ā Or whatever the hell that meant. (He knew what it meant, it meant he had to do a hell of a lot of work he didnāt want to. ) So he knew that they would only contact him if they really had to. Like really, really had to.Ā
Ā
Hence the reason for his ever-growing discomfort.Ā
Ā
āOi, Bats. Iāve come bearing gifts?ā He called out hesitantly. Oh god, what if aliens had invaded the Watchtower and like, eaten all of the other members? He would be so screwed. He was 100% NOT in the mood to fight aliens. His extraterrestrial worries were (temporarily) assuaged by Batman emerging into the room. His face looked grimmer than usual which John honestly thought wasnāt even possible.Ā
āConstantine,ā he was greeted, a slight nod accompanying the brief, clipped tone of the Dark Knight. John decided he should voice his complaints (before he gets eaten by aliens).Ā
āYāknow, Bats, I do much better with more information than just āwe need youā. Thatās incredibly vague and, might I add, largely unhelpful. How am I supposed to figure out what your problem is? Contrary to whatever you may think about my magic, I aināt a mind reader.ā John informed him bitterly, shifting the books in his arms and contorting his face into a scowl. Judging by the grimace his words evoked, he would say his tone delivery was on point.Ā
āIt was urgent. Thank you for coming regardless.ā Well, now John was really worried. Batman didnāt really do urgent, see. He liked to be prepared. And his āpreparedā was way beyond any sane personās overprepared. His backup plans usually had at least 27 backup plans. Not to mention that he seemed to monitor every threat, potential or otherwise, in existence, 40 hours a day, 8 days a week. āUrgentā wasnāt really a part of his known vocabulary. So yeah. John was worried.Ā
āYeah, yeah, whatever. I doubt that whateverās got you and the mystery gang in a tizzy is getting any less urgent so why donāt you fill me in.ā John suggested, hoisting up the bag on his shoulder and regripping the books in his hand. Batman only responded by turning on his heel and beginning his march out of the room, presumably towards the problem, black cape billowing behind him. John skipped a step or two to catch up.Ā
āWeāve been going through some of the old archives, recategorizing things, making sure things are in order,ā Batman began as he turned down a seemingly random hallway (what, John was literally never at the Watchtower, sue him for not having the place memorized).Ā
āItās been a long process, and weāve recently gotten to a section that hasnāt been cataloged in years; Zatara and Doctor Fateās artifacts and relics.ā And it was then that Constantine felt his stomach absolutely drop. Now, letās get something clear, John Constantine wasnāt some stiff with magic, okay? He knew his shit and he could utilize his powers better than most magicians, not to mention the dark magic aspects of his work, something most people didnāt even begin to tamper with or understand. What he was not, however, was Giovanni Zatara. Stage magician or not, the man knew his magic and was not someone to scoff at or take lightly. He played with things Constantine only ever heard about. And then, of course, there was the subject of Doctor Fate. John Constantine made a lot of enemies and he got himself involved in probably a few too many high-profile fights. He got in over his head all the time but the most important thing about that was the fact that the water was always shallow enough to swim . He could always make it. Figure it out. What he made a very, very, specific point to not do was get involved with the Lords of Chaos and Order. Because if he started tangling with the likes of Klarian and Doctor Fate? Well. Constantine was smart enough to know that he was more than likely to drown in those waters.Ā
āSo, what? You started playing around with magical artifacts and broke something?ā John asked, shifting the books in his arms nervously. He would count the number of times he had been to the Watchtower on one hand. And one of the very few times he had been was to spend an entire two days slapping a bright red āDO NOT TOUCHā logo on anything magical and deadly. Doctor Fate had been MIA for a couple of years now, and Giovanni had beenā¦staying away from magic. So, Batman called him to come and figure out what they shouldnāt mess with. He knew what was in those archives. Some of them were mild curses and demons. Some of them were spells capable of jumpstarting the apocalypse. He could only anxiously beg to any god that would still listen to him that all they managed to do was set loose a couple of nasty hexes.Ā
āMore like,ā Batman started, hesitance in his tone (another sign that John did not like at all thank you very much). āWe turned something on.āĀ
Ā
Oh Lord help him.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
It seemed as if the gods had abandoned Constantine once again. Forsaken him. Truly. If he would just have one week, just one, without some kind of shit like this happening, he would be thrilled. Ecstatic, even.Ā
Because of course. Of course, the thing these people manage to turn on is quite possibly one of the few things John didnāt truly understand.Ā
Ā
No, seriously, he had no idea what the hell this thing was doing but he knew it wasnāt good.Ā
Ā
It looked kind of like a devilās trap? (And if it was it was the weirdest one he had ever seen in his life). But that had to be wrong because nobody spoke and incantations or chants or words of power. (Or so they said).Ā
All he really knew was that it was a 5-foot by 5-foot painting in an incredibly ornate and detailed black frame, suspended on the wall. The painting itself looked like an āOccult for Beginnersā book threw up on it. Symbols John couldnāt make heads or tails of were splattered, seemingly randomly, all over the weird, dark green canvas that, according to the Justice League, had appeared to be āoozingā. This, of course, was before the symbols had started glowing, moving around the canvas, and appearing to form a sort of central, glowing mass in the middle of the painting. Fun.Ā
Ā
Oh, and the entire thing practically radiated death. Double fun.Ā
Ā
āOkay,ā John said tiredly, pinching the bridge of his nose. āTell me what happened, from the top, one more time.ā The Justice League members present, (Batman, Superman, Black Canary, Green Arrow, and The Flash), looked annoyed at his request but did so anyway.Ā
āWe were cleaning out the archives, sorting through Zataraās and the Doctorās stuff. Everything that you had labeled as dangerous we were moving into its own, more secure section.ā Began Superman, crossing his arms and hovering about the floor. Bloody showoff. Constantine could do that too, but you didnāt see him parading around his powers unnecessarily now did you?Ā
āWe ended up uncovering thisā¦I donāt know what you call it. A diorama? Map? Ouija board? A failed modern art project?ā The Flash picked up, waving his hand as he talked. āWhatever it is, we found it handing on the wall over this table that had all this stuff on it.ā Johnās head snapped up.Ā
āWhat did you just say?ā He asked pressingly.Ā
āUh, this table that had all this stuff on it?ā The Flash repeated, startled by Johnās now frazzled energy.Ā
āYou didnāt mention anything about a table. Before you said you just found the painting,ā John stated, shooting an accusatory glare at everyone in the room. Superman shrugged.Ā
āI guess it just didnāt seem important.ā John was going to literally throw himself off the observation deck.Ā
āIt didnāt seem important?ā John seethed. āYou donāt get to tell me whatās important here, Boy Scout. I told you to tell me everything and you all decided to leave out the fact that there was literally an altar under the freaky glowing death painting!āĀ The heroes had at least the decency to appear sheepish at the revelation. At least Batman looked thoroughly ticked off at his fellow boyband members.Ā
āOkay,ā John began trying to salvage the situation. āPlease tell me you just moved the table, you didnāt actually take anything off of it?ā The silence of the League was unbearably loud. John wanted to scream.Ā
āWhy didnāt you put better labels on this stuff, Constantine? Every other thing in here just has a ādo not touch this or elseā sticker on it. You couldnāt even bother to explain why? This whole situation could have been avoided.ā Black Canary complained, shifting her weight and crossing her arms in agitation. John whirled around to face her, eyes sharp.Ā
āOh, no no no. No, you lot do not get to put this on me. I remember labeling that altar as ādo not touch this at all or else.ā At first, I thought the altar was unfinished because it was missing a conduit. You idiots managed to find it.ā He said, gesturing wildly to the glowing brighter still painting. āI thought it was unstable and incomplete and before you start yes I did try to fix it but itās rather hard to fix an altar if you donāt know what it was for. That thing was covered in more suppressions spells, seals, and cursed objects than anything Iāve ever seen.āĀ
āIt could have started doing this at any time?ā Batman asked, accusation thick in his voice. Constantine scoffed.Ā
āNo, of course not. Now that I know that the painting was the conduit, the missing piece, itās clear the altar was what was keeping it āturned offā as you lot so eloquently put it. If you had left it alone, like I told you to literal years ago, this wouldnāt be happening.ā John turned back to the painting, running a hand through his short blonde hair. This was bad. This was really really bad.Ā
āOkay, so we moved the altar and activated the conduit. Our bad. That still doesnāt tell us what the hell is happening!ā Green Arrow supplied hotly, throwing his arms into the air.Ā
āWhatās happening, Arrow, is the painting is a portal. A portal to where? I donāt know, and I canāt exactly figure it out because you bloody idiots managed to dismantle the altar that was suppressing whatever the hell this thing is!ā John told them, leveling an angry glare at the League. Batman didnāt look pleased but he should have been keeping his fools in line, so really, John found he didnāt care all that much.Ā
āIs there any way to re-suppress it?ā Asked the Dark knight. John ran another hand through his hair. This was all shaping up to be incredibly stressful.Ā
āI canāt contain what I donāt understand. I have no way of knowing where this thing is leading to, what kind of energy itās using, and I definitely donāt remember what was on one altar I saw years ago. All I know is that wherever this thing is going, itās not good. This thing practically reeks of death magic.ā John explained. This really was not good. Not good at all.Ā
āCould you hazard a guess as to where itās going? So we could at least have an idea of where it might lead to?ā Superman probed, the ever-hopeful tone in his voice. John sighed but turned to the now disturbingly bright painting. Whatever this thing was doing, it was close to being done with. He needed to figure this out. Fast.Ā
āOkay, okay, okay,ā he started, staring at the painting. It was glowing too brightly to really make out any of the symbols, not to mention the fact that they seemed to still all be swirling together. He peered at the frame, inspecting the intricate carvings and markings on the thick, black wood. His eyes widened and he stumbled back from the portal.Ā
āWhat is it?ā Batman asked, tone clipped and posture stiff, ready for a fight. John shook his head. He couldnāt believe it.Ā
āI didnāt think these things really existedā¦ā He mumbled, gripping his hair with his hands. This was really, really, really bad.Ā
āConstantine, what is it?ā Snapped Black Canary. The rest of the Leaguers seemed to pick up on his stressed state and Batmanās agitated one, falling into defensive positions all around him.Ā
āThis thing,ā he gasped, eyes wide, āthis thing isnāt a portal. Itās a doorway. A doorway intoā¦I donāt know. Most people who talk about these things just refer to it as āThe Endā. It wasnāt keeping us out it wasā¦it was keeping something in . And now that youāve activated itā¦.Somethingā¦Somethingās coming through .āĀ Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
Bruce Wayne was, decidedly, having a bad day. He had already had a rough morning of civilian duties (running his company, making sure his children didnāt kill each other, etc) and now he was here in the middle of this mess. Rearranging the archives had been, taxing. He really was astounded that the League just let things go like this. His section of the archives had been immaculate. Dated down to the minute mark and organized in perfect order. (Surprisingly, the other best organized had been Flashās, but he supposed that was for another time.) Many of his fellow League members had started out with a moderately good system, but it fell apart over time, leaving everything in disarray. Some didnāt even try to have a system in the first place. It irked him to no end.Ā
Unfortunately for all of them, Zataraās collection was by far the most disorganized. Well, at least to them. He was sure there was a pattern in this place somewhere, but he couldnāt figure it out since he didnāt have a very solid understanding of all things magical. Most unfortunate.Ā
About a year and a half ago, when Fate had finally been listed as MIA and Giovanni had been pulled out of the game, they had enlisted the help of John Constantine to help them label all of Zataraās things. They knew he kept a lot of dangerous stuff up there, most of which none of them understood. So they had Constantine go through it and try to sort out the most dangerous things. After around 2 days cooped up in the archives (much to Bruceās discomfort), he finally emerged with only the warning āif it says donāt touch it, then you better not mess with it. I mean it.āĀ
Ā
It didnāt help that every other thing had a bright red āDO NOT TOUCHā label on it.Ā
Ā
They had started small, moving all of the unmarked things around and trying to get them into something that resembled order. But they eventually ran out of supposedly āsafeā things to move. They all knew Constantine was a tad paranoid. Who knew what he was actually labeling as safe or unsafe. What is classified as dangerous to him might really be mostly harmless. At least, thatās what they told themselves.Ā
So when the weird, gothic-looking painting started oozing green gel and glowing, well, Bruce was man enough to admit when he made a mistake. He called Constantine. Constantine was not pleased.Ā
Which led them here. Bruce had to admit this was lookingā¦less than ideal. He had no idea what was sealed in this supposed ādoorwayā but the painting had crept him out even before it started glowing. It made him feelā¦hollow. Empty. It seemed to watch him, follow his movements, despite having no visible eyes or even eye-like shapes. He knew the other Leaguers were equally disturbed by it.Ā
When Constantine told them that something was coming through, something from the dark, creepy painting over the equally creepy altar, that supposedly āreeked of death magicā, and led to āThe Endā, well. Bruce could only set his feet, square his shoulders, have a Batarang in hand, and try and be prepared for anything.
Ā
Nothing could have prepared him for this.
Notes:
Haha suckers you thought the last cliffhanger was bad? ha. I should have warned you that they are my favorite. Anyway, this chapter was kinda just like a *bonus* bc I got excited. chapter three will be out on Wednesday. (I think I'm making that my update day). Also, come say hi to me on tumblr if you feel like it. same name as on here (hppjmxrgosg). we can vibe. have a party. braid each other's hair. idk. you might have been able to tell, but I am trying out a bit longer chapter format? I think this is pretty good but let me know. Thank you all for reading and see you on Wednesday :)
Chapter 3: Iād Trade My Heart To See The Stars (Would You Trade Yours For A Moment With Me?)
Summary:
In which Danny makes some executive decisions and everyone else has to live with them.
Chapter Text
When the doorway started shifting, reaching out into the room as if something was clawing its way out of the canvas, John mentally crossed his heart and prepared to die. He had a great many regrets (one of which was ever getting involved with the League of Idiots) but overall he felt as if had led an okay life. Helped a couple of people out. Pissed off some demons. Befriended some too. All in all? A solid attempt.Ā
Why all the dramatics? Because this portal oozed power. Dark power. The death magic surrounding this thing was so strong John was actually surprised the Justice League hadnāt just dropped dead the moment they moved the altar. He knew the others didnāt feel it like he did, but he knew they had to feel something off about this thing. The pressure of magical energy had only been growing since he entered the room, weighing down on him; almost as if it wanted to crush him before releasing whatever hellspawn it was trying to bring into the world. If he didnāt know better, he would say this thing led directly to Hell, do not pass go, do not collect $200. And you know what? It still might. So he, very logically, assumed that whatever was crawling its way out of the painting was probably some Lovecraftian horror very keen on consuming their souls and possibly world domination.Ā
Ā
This is not what happened.Ā
Ā
What did happen, was a small, dark figure being practically catapulted out of the portal, landing in a heap on the grown at John and the Justice Leagueās feet. It was curled in on itself, the glowing green energy from the portal steaming off of him as if he had been on fire. It was humanoid in figure, (Not that that meant much. Klarian looked like he was 13 and had the power to destroy them all. Dark magical beings were weird), a dark material clinging to its thin body that almost looked like rubber or some kind of spandex. From its fetal position on the floor, John could see a tuft of what looked like wispy, glowing white hair and tan, almost green-tinted skin. The being didnāt move for a long minute, and John was almost tempted to hope it was dead, that the trip through the portal killed it.Ā
Then it let out a groan, clutched its chest, and repositioned into a vaguely sitting position. And John almost shot himself for having hopes in the first place because goddamnit this thing looked like a kid . It had an angular face that, while just seeming a bit too sharp to be human, there was still some baby fat present in the thingās cheeks that rounded it off. Wispy white hair seemed to almost float around its head like it was underwater (despite the distinct lack of breeze) and its eyesā¦Large, toxic green orbs so bright it looked like they were glowing. A hand (and god it really just looked like a normal hand, no claws or overly long fingers, just a hand ) went up to rub its eyes, gloved in a white layer of fabric that seemed to be the same material as the dark jumpsuit like outfit. The thingās eyes widened (almost too wide) and it moved to scrabble back, still clutching its chest with a painfully normal hand.Ā
Ā
It wasā¦afraid?Ā
Ā
That didnāt make sense. Why would it be a- John paused. He turned to look at the Justice League, all poised and ready to fight, weapons drawn and faces set. John let out a sigh.Ā
āAlright, relax a little you bloody show ponies. If this thing was going to attack it would have done it already.ā John said, mostly hoping it was true. He really hoped this wasnāt some kind of ruse. John didnāt like children, but he could admit he had a touch of a soft spot for them. He always hated it when things pretended to be kids. He had no way of knowing what this thing was or what it wanted, but on the off chance, on the smallest chance, that it really was just a kid? Well, then he would do his best to make it less afraid. (Because the fear in its eyes seemed so real, so genuine. He hated when it was kids).Ā
Crouching down in front of the creature that had been spit out of the painting, ignoring the still battle-ready League behind him, John offered the creature a hand (and only hoped it didnāt kill him in the process).Ā
Ā
āMy nameās John Constantine. Who are you?āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
Ho-ly shit. Danny was freaking the fuck out, thank you very much. When he opened his eyes, he expected to be met with Plasmius or a ghost hunter or maybe one of his more powerful enemies. Hell, he half expected to wake up in the Clock Tower and be told he needed to go on another time quest or whatever those weird little adventures ended up being. He was even prepared to face more freaky cultists that were intent on āserving himāĀ (that had been a really weird Saturday). What he was not expecting, even in the slightest , was the goddamn Justice League .Ā
What the hell? Why was he here? How was he here? They all looked ready to fight him, oh Ancients was the Justice League trying to kill him?? Danny was about .03 seconds away from a complete meltdown when the blonde guy closest to him knelt down and extended his hand.Ā
āMy nameās John Constantine. Who are you?ā Danny looked at the hand. He looked at himself. He looked at the Justice League (and double holy shit was that fucking Batman??!). And he looked back at the hand. He could run. He could go invisible and fly the hell away from here. Leave wherever he ended up, book it back to Amity as fast as he could, and never think about this experience ever again. But he knew that wouldnāt work. He knew they had seen him, saw his face, and however he ended up here it obviously was unexpected. They would have questions (and he wouldnāt have answers). They would try and track him down and figure him out. Plus, they have Batman . Danny might not be an A+ student but he isnāt completely mental . Danny cannot outrun Batman.Ā
Ā
He took the hand.Ā
Ā
āPhantom. My nameās Phantom.āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
The first thing John noticed about āPhantomā was that it (he?) had very cold hands. But he tried not to flinch at the biting cold, the subtle strength in Phantomās grip, the tension in his (its?) arm that showed there was more strength than what should be possible in his (his.) slim figure. He gave the hand a brief shake, and then helped the entity to his feet. So far so good (hopefully).Ā
Phantom wasnāt particularly tall but he wasnāt short. He stood at around 5ā9ā, a solid height for a (teenage?) (boy?). He really only looked like he was around 16. It wasā¦disturbing. He wasnāt painfully thin but he definitely was on the lankier, leaner side of things. His shoulders were broad set but not overly so and now that he was up close, John could see the faint muscle definition under the dark black material. He also noticed the flaming āDā like emblem on his chest. Interesting. He released Phantomās hand.
āSo, uh,ā Phantom began, clearing his throat and shifting his hand to rub the back of his neck awkwardly. āWhy am I here? Exactly?ā This caused John to pause.Ā
āWhat do you mean?ā He asked, making a point to keep his arms uncrossed. He did not want whatever this thing is to start getting defensive. So far, Phantom seemed open to conversation. Non-hostile. John didnāt know how long that would last. Phantom furrowed his dark eyebrows.Ā
āUm like. Why am I here? How am I here? I donāt understandā¦I meanā¦What does uh the Justice League...what do you guys want from me?ā Every word out of Phantomās mouth was phrased like a question. John tried to suppress his shock. Phantomā¦Phantom didnāt know how he got hereā¦Thisā¦Changed things.Ā
āYouāre here on accident. You came from that.ā Batman replied, gesturing loosely to the painting behind Phantom. Ever the blunt one, John thought, rolling his eyes. Some of the tension Phantom seemed to be holding released, though why John had no idea. Phantom gave the League a warry once over before turning his back to look at the painting.Ā
It had stopped glowing, swirling, and whatever else it had been doing. The strange symbols had settled back down, no more green ooze or light, and some of the oppressive power had been lifted from the room. Phantom seemed to eye it critically. Without warning, Phantom lifted from the ground as if it was easier than breathing. The Leaguers around him tensed at the blatant display of power (as if Superman hadnāt been doing the same thing 5 minutes ago). But Phantom paid no mind, simply floating closer to the painting to inspect it. From this bit of distance, John could see that Phantom was faintly glowing. Another small detail solidifying that whatever Phantom was, it wasnāt human.Ā
āLooks like a summons portal.ā Phantom supplied absentmindedly, continuing to hover around the painting. John quirked an eyebrow. That wasā¦an interesting name for it.Ā
āA summons portal?ā Superman asked, trying to probe the conversation further. Ever the diplomat that Superman. Phantom nodded, turning back to face the group and floating down to the ground.Ā
āYeah. Itās not a very good one, though. Probably why it hurt so much.ā Phantom added casually, gloved hand rubbing his chest again. John saw the Bat narrow his eyes. Uh-oh.Ā
āIt hurt?ā He asked, tone darkening. Phantom either didnāt notice or didnāt care.Ā
āYeah, it was like, super painful getting pulled here. Zero out of ten, would not recommend. Where is here, anyway?ā Phantom asked, looking around the archive room.Ā
āYouāre on the Watchtower,ā Batman told him. Phantom whipped around, eyes almost comically wide as his mouth hung open.Ā
Ā
āIām in space?! āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
See, now Danny was really freaking out. First, he was in front of the Justice League. Like, come on? What the hell was that?? Second, he was in space? Like actual space? Ā
This is the coolest thing that has ever happened to him ever in his entire existence. He didnāt even care if the Justice League tried to fight him. Right now, at this moment, he would let any one of them snap his neck and he would thank them. They didnāt even seem that upset that he was with them so go, team!
Now, Danny had been to space before. He had flown up beyond the atmosphere and looked down at Earth. It wasnāt as if he needed to breathe and the cold didnāt really bother him much anymore. (Nothing did). But never had he ever been in a spaceship before! (No, the specter speeder does not count). Well, he supposed the Watchtower was more of an orbiting modular space station than a spaceship. Oh Ancients, he was on a space station! Ā Yep. Definitely the best day ever. This was so worth the horrible pain it took to get here.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
The kid seemed frozen in a moment of wonder and awe, looking around as if ābeing in spaceā was the pinnacle of his life. It made him seemā¦young. Too young.Ā
It made Bruceās heart ache. The kid had mentioned it was a painful trip from wherever he was to here. The kid, Phantom, didnāt appear to be wounded but Bruce knew that meant very little, especially when it came to teenage boys and injuries. He was so bright and the moment he had come through the portal, the dark, oppressive feeling he hadnāt even consciously noticed lifted. As if the air was clearing. He reminded Bruce of his own children. The thought just made his heart hurt more.Ā
āAre you all right, Phantom?ā He asked. He didnāt really want to spook the kid, but if he was hurt then they could help him. They had to help him. After all, it was their fault he was here. The green-eyed boy turned to him, eyes glowing with excitement. He furrowed his brow slightly and tilted his head to the side in confusion. His facial features and body language were so expressive Bruce couldnāt help when it reminded him of Dick. Bruceās chest grew tighter.Ā
āPardon?ā Phantom asked, confusion coloring his features. Bruce patiently asked again.Ā
āAre you alright? You said it hurt when you came through the portal.ā Phantomās face seemed to light up in understanding. He waved a dismissive hand through the air, turning away from the league, cheeks tinted a light green. Interesting.Ā
āOh, yeah, well. Itās fine. Like, it wasnāt fine before, but now that Iām where I was being summoned to itās better. Like obviously it isnāt fine that I was summoned like that is not great. I mean itās fine that you guys summoned me, I mean youāre the Justice League but overall the summoning thing is a bit of a problem and that isnāt fine . But uhm yeah, I mean yes. Yes. I am fine. Thank you for asking.ā Phantom babbled, gesticulating excessively through the explanation, seeming to say the whole thing in one breathe. Bruce tried to contain the small smile he felt tugging at his lips. (He only barely succeeded).Ā
āThatās good, great in fact, what do you mean āthe summoning thing is a problemā?ā Constantine interjected, turning to face Phantom. Phantom seemed to (blush?) a deeper shade of green and moved to rub his hand along his neck again.Ā
āI mean. I have, things to do? Itās pretty weird to just be suddenly yanked away from wherever you are, your entire life, at a momentās notice just because. I mean Iām in space . Thatās a uh. Bit of a scenery change. What if you guys werenāt the Justice League, you know? For someone, anyone , to just be able to spirit me away at a momentās notice isā¦not ideal.ā As Phantom elaborated, Bruce suddenly became very aware that whatever they were talking to, was not human. Not in the slightest. He hadnāt ever considered the idea that someone could just snatch him away from his home, his family. That they might be able to do it easily. He hadnāt ever needed to because being summoned wasnāt a thing that could happen to him. And Phantom was right. If they could do it on accident , what could someone do if they intended to summon Phantom? The whole concept was terrifying, and Bruce didnāt like it one bit.Ā
āAnyway, you guys said that you summoned me on accident right? Does that mean I can like. Leave?ā Phantom asked, floating up off the ground a bit and gesturing away from the group.Ā
āUnfortunately, Phantom, we need to know how you were summoned and why it was you who was; to prevent you from being summoned again. And, well. We need to know what you are.ā Superman said, hovering a little bit closer. Phantom, however, didnāt seem the least bit intimidated by the imposing figure of Superman. If anything, he just seemed annoyed.Ā
āWhat? So you guys messed with some cursed artifacts and Iām the one who has to get stuck answering questions? How is that fair? You know what, thanks for having me and all but Iām actually just going to take this weird summoning portal and leave.ā Phantom said, turning around to take the painting off the wall. Flash was quicker, however, and sped around in front of the painting, blocking it with his body.Ā
āSorry, no can do, buckaroo. Hate to put you through it, kiddo but we need some answers and youāre the one thatās got āem.ā Flash said with a lazy shrug of his shoulders. Phantom seemed unimpressed. Turning back to the group with narrowed green eyes, Phantom looked them up and down.Ā
āYou know, you guys are really lucky you used this thing today instead of a year ago. This would have been a very different scene.ā Phantom vaguely threatened and Bruce was reminded they really had no idea what they were dealing with. Maybe keeping him here was not a good idea, as much as they needed answers. Bruce was about to interject, to tell Phantom he could return to wherever he came from, Green Arrow beat him to it.Ā
āWhatās that supposed to mean?ā Oliver asked, notching an arrow. Dinah settled into a more defensive position next to him. Phantom remained unimpressed.Ā
āYou guys really have no clue who I am do you?ā Phantom stated, confidence seeming to leak into his posture. Bruce narrowed his eyes and watched as Constantine slowly put a hand in his pocket.Ā
āAre we supposed to?ā Constantine asked, and Bruce could see his grip tighten around whatever he had in his hand. Phantom narrowed his eyes and for a very tense moment, Bruce was ready for a fight. Just when the pressure in the room seemed to become unbearable, the atmosphere suddenly lightened and Phantom had a cheery smile on his face.Ā
Ā
āNope.ā
Ā
And just like that, he was gone.Ā
Ā
Notes:
double kachaow
Chapter 4: To Stand In The Shadow Of Heroes (To Stand Alone)
Summary:
In which things just got a whole lot more complicated.
Chapter Text
Danny waited a while to go home. He just floated, hovering above the Earth, a soft smile on his face. Most people would probably be uncomfortable with tetherless floating around the empty, cold, oppressive void of free space.Ā
Ā
All Danny could think about was how beautiful everything looked from here.Ā
Ā
The Justice League. Danny could only hope they didnāt find anything on him. After a couple of close calls with out-of-town ghost hunters coming into Amity looking for him , Tucker made a very thorough sweep of the internet and erased everything he could find on anything that might even be minorly related to Danny, Amity, or ghosts. He had stayed in the Watchtower for as long as he did in hopes of getting the League off his back (and maybe snagging/destroying that weird gateway portal that had summoned him) but it seemed as if all he did was make it seem like he was available for questions. Danny didnāt want to answer questions. He didnāt want the Justice League poking around Amity. And he definitely, 1000%, did not want them poking around the Ghost Zone. While Danny didnāt mind the heroes, simply being around them was a security risk for him. Could you imagine what would happen if Skulker managed to possess someone like Superman? Or if Technus got a hold of any of Batmanās gear? What could happen if Vlad knew he had even talked to them? Those were nightmare scenarios that Danny would rather not touch with a ten-foot pole.Ā
Danny deeply hoped that they would think about him, the eldritch abomination that crawled through their creepy painting, and decide to nope right out of his afterlife. (He also knew, he could never be that lucky).Ā
Maybe when he was younger, back when he has just come out of the Portal, back when he didnāt know what to do, (back when he was still mourning his own death), maybe back then he would have welcomed the Justice League into his life with open arms. He might have taken them into Amity. He might have worked with them. Visited them. Befriended them. Told them everything he could about ghosts and the Zone and his powers and his parents and his friends. And in his wildest dreams, maybe they could have mentored him. Helped him.Ā
Ā
Danny knew better now.Ā
Ā
Because Danny knew how easily he had wiped them out. How easily
Dan
had brought them to their knees.Ā
Ā
When Danny had first confronted his evil self, when he had been stuck in a horror of a future, he had tried to find the Justice League. He tried to reach out, hunt them down. Get them to help him take out Dan.Ā
Ā
All he found were the ruins of the Batcave and a lot of broken monuments.Ā
Ā
Still, they were the
Justice League
. He couldnāt help but be in a little bit of awe at them. They were
real
heroes. They saved the world all the time. Danny could barely save himself most of the time (and sometimes he couldnāt even do that).Ā
He really hoped the summoning portal wouldnāt become a problem. From his brief observations, it didnāt seem like it would be, although you could never be too sure. It was powerful magic, but pretty shoddy work in all actuality. As if the person who made it only had half a clue what they were doing. For one, it was beyond broad in its summoning terms. It hadnāt summoned him by name, which is the most effective way to do it (or at least according to Ghost Writer anyway), but by title. (It wasnāt even the right title on top of everything, but whatever.) They also used Latin instead of Sanskrit and Esperanto. The symbols were mostly in the correct pattern, but any good magician or, in his case, someone whoās had to listen to Dorthea babble on about magic, would be able to tell you that the most important part of any summoning, curse, seal, or anything else was in the details. Even small little mistakes cause a hell of a lot of problems. All of these things were probably why the summoning was so painful. (But itās not like he was mad about that. Of course not.)Ā In conclusion? Danny was actually kind of surprised it worked at all in the first place and the chances of it working again? Pretty slim. Still, it was a hazard to just have it out and about. He hoped that the Justice League would have some common sense and destroy the thing, otherwise he was going to have to find a way to do it himself.Ā
As fun as his little impromptu field trip was, he really hoped he never saw any JLA members ever again. And with that, Danny began his flight back to Earth. Ancients, how was he going to explain this to Jazz?Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
It had been a week since Phantom had been summoned by the gothic, creepy painting in Zataraās archives. It had been a week since that same painting had been carted off by Constantine with only a brief promise of āIāll find what I canā. It had been a week since Phantom had completely vanished, right in front of their eyes.Ā
Ā
And Bruce could not stop thinking about it.Ā
Ā
No matter how many times he watched the security tapes back or replayed it in his head, he couldnāt figure out how Phantom just. Vanished. He was just gone. Completely and totally gone. X-ray, ultraviolet, infrared, no matter how he looked at it, Phantom was simply there one moment, gone the next.Ā
It was going to drive him insane.Ā
āFather, please. You have been at the computer all week. Take a break.ā Bruce turned to come face to face with Damian who had his brow drawn, features pinched, and arms crossed. Bruce sighed.
āSorry, Damian. I didnāt mean to get so caught up.ā Bruce told him, softening his features and putting a hand on his youngest sonās shoulder.Ā
āTt. What are you even working on?ā Damian asked, eyes straying past him towards the Batcomputer screen. Bruce considered for a moment. If Damian helped him figure out what Phantom was, would Phantom retaliate if he turned out to be malicious? He didnāt want to put his son in harmās way with an unknown entity, butā¦he supposed another set of eyes wouldnāt hurt.Ā
Relenting to his son, Bruce pushed his chair back and away from the computer to give Damian more access to the video feeds he had spent the last week slaving over. Damian watched the original feed several times and then watched it again several more in the different camera modes. His brows pinched together and he pursed his lips. Bruce caught the concern in Damianās eyes and figured that he had come to the same conclusion that he had: Phantom was an anomaly.Ā
āFather,ā Damian started, hesitance lacing his voice. Bruce leaned forward, looking at Damianās drawn features with careful eyes. Damian turned to him, eyes dark. āI recognize him.āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
John was not enjoying this little āside projectā he had taken on under the behest of Batman. This painting was shaping up to be a major pain in the ass in every conceivable way. For starters, it never actually named a being called Phantom. Which either meant the summoning terms was incredibly broad and Phantom could be any dark creature under the sun or below it OR , Phantom was a lot more powerful than they had even begun to comprehend. There werenāt a lot ofā¦names that John could pick out of the seemingly nonsensical scripts. There were, however, a lot of titles.Ā
And if Phantom was even one of them? Well. Then John couldnāt help but wonder what kind of horror they had just unleashed on the world.Ā
Because he wasnāt sure. You could correct him if he was wrong. But he was pretty positive that having an unknown being referred to as āThe Deathless Lordā and/or āThe Infinite Kingā loose in the world, completely uncontained was a very bad thing. Ā
There was another thing that was bothering him. Phantom referred to it as a āSummoning Portalā. Not a prison, a gateway, a lockbox, a trap, or any other form of containment. It had been a āPortalā. Phantom had been somewhere. Somewhere he had been free. And they had brought him here.Ā
John crossed his fingers behind his back and prayed that Phantom was as innocent as he had seemed when he tumbled out of the portal. Because if he wasnāt? Then they were going to have a very big problem. And they were going to have it soon.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
āHow many crayons do you think I could eat before I had an issue?ā Danny asked as he floated lazily in Jazzās room. His sister, to her credit, merely turned the page of the book she was reading on her bed.Ā
āWhy donāt you go find out, Danny? It can be like a science experiment. You can take notes and form a hypothesis. Maybe you can get a research paper published on your findings.ā She responded easily, not even looking up from her copy of Heart of Darkness . Danny let out a groan, his own book ( The Martian ) lay forgotten across his stomach as he lounged in the air above his sisterās desk.Ā
āWhy do you always take my fun ideas and turn them into work?ā He lamented.Ā
āBecause your ideas are more dangerous than fun and if I turn them into a research experiment you wonāt do them because now they have connotations of work; which you hate.ā Danny let out a huff at Jazzās quick reply. Leave it to his sister to find a way to Pavlov him into not partaking in dangerous activities.Ā
Dannyās pleasant Saturday with his sister was rudely interrupted by a spark of cold bubbling out from his chest and into his mouth, a puff of frosted air coming out as he exhaled. With a sigh, Danny tossed his book to his sister.Ā
āSorry, Jazz. Duty calls.ā This time, Jazz looked up at him, a soft smile on her face.Ā
āBe safe, Danny.ā He gave her a grin.Ā
āHey, whatās the worst that could happen? Iām already dead!ā And with that, Danny zipped out of Jazzās room, transformation washing over him. In the distance, he could faintly hear Jazz calling after him with an exasperated āDanny!āĀ
Ā
š¢Ā
Ā
āDamian, what do you mean you recognize him?ā Bruce asked, concern growing hot in his chest. Damian looked away, his eyes dark and his expression far away.Ā
āGrandfather used to talk about the emergence of an āunsettling forceā,ā Damian began slowly, eyes still far away. It wasnāt often Damian talked about Raās anymore. Bruce listened with rapt attention. āSomething that had⦠disturbed the Lazarus Pit. It happened twice. Once, around three years ago, and again just last year. He said it wasā¦troubling. That a ānew player was on the boardā. He never gave them a name, but when he consulted the shamans they described a boy with white hair and green eyes. They prophesized he would either be a great protector or a great destroyer.ā Damian turned his head to look his father in the eye. āAnd they drew my grandfather a symbol. A very specific symbol that I have never forgotten.ā Damian turned his head to the screen and lifted his hand to point at the pixilated security footage. āThe same symbol that lies across the chest of your mystery.ā Bruce followed Damianās hand with his eyes, finally resting them on the white, stylized āDā that rested on Phantomās chest. Bruce turned back to his son.Ā
āPhantom said that we were lucky the portal activated that day instead of a year ago. He said it would have been a ādifferent sceneā if it had been.ā Bruce commented warily. Damian met his eyes, expression grim.Ā
āThe second disturbance,ā his son confirmed. Damian let out a low sigh, turning back to the screen with squared shoulders and a set jaw.Ā
āI donāt know what youāve managed to release, Father. But it doesnāt bode well.ā Bruce turned to the screen as well, casting his gaze on the static figure on the screen, Phantomās ethereal glow even more pronounced on camera, blurring his features heavily. All you could solidly make out was his general figure, the symbol on his chest, and his toxic green eyes. The same green that the portal had been glowing.Ā
Ā
The same green as the Lazarus Pit.Ā
Notes:
Batman: Oh my god...is this....the end of days? what have we released upon the world? what horror have we unleashed on humanity?
Constantine: a literal death god by the looks of it. this is not good and I want to die.meanwhile, danny: I'm not saying I'm going to, but, hypothetically, concrete looks yummy.
jazz: danNY NO
Chapter 5: Fortune Favors the Bold (And Death Takes No Prisoners)
Summary:
In which Danny takes a bit of a field trip
Chapter Text
Danny had been flying for hours. He didnāt really know where the hell this shade was trying to lead him, but honestly? Someone better be on the verge of physical, mental, and spiritual collapse.Ā
After the first few weeks of coming out of the portal, shades had begun following Danny around, trailing after him like excitable puppies. At first, they kinda creeped him out and he was chronically worried that someone (his parents) would start noticing the little bundles of ectoplasm and emotion that followed him around. Once he figured out that they werenāt strong enough to be visible to anyone else, he warmed up to them. They were, in a very weird way, incredibly cute. They would gather around him and he would feed them little bits of ectoplasm as treats. Shades were almost always intangible, not having enough strength to change tangibility levels. They were mostly sentient balls of emotion, chittering happily to each other and phasing through one another as a way of communicating. Sometimes, they would pass through him, filling him with happy emotions and bursts of joy that werenāt his own. After he has warmed up to them, Danny easily admitted that they were his favorite ghosts.Ā
When this little shade had passed through him, however, all Danny had felt was fear . Pure, uncontained fear. Usually, shades had to be incredibly powerful in order to convey coherent thoughts instead of emotions. But sometimes, if they felt one emotion strongly enough, they could give clipped words and phrases when they passed through him.Ā
Ā
All Danny could hear when this shade passed through his chest, over and over again, was āhelp ā.Ā
Ā
So Danny set his jaw and chased after the shade as fast as he could. Occasionally, the little blue blob would spin in the air, as if looking back to make sure he was still following. It showed an impressive amount of stamina for a shade, as it kept up a rapid, urgent pace that had even Danny feeling a bit winded. All Danny could do was fly after the little shade and hope he wasnāt too late.Ā
He had long since flown out of Amity. The sky had shifted from the afternoon sun into that odd dusky phase when the sky still seemed bright but when you looked around all you could see were shadows. He didnāt know where exactly he was per se, but the buildings were beginning to stretch taller than any he had ever seen in Amity. He followed the little shade into the dense, foggy city, the suburbs fading away until Danny was left with towering skyscrapers and the faint, orange hue of light pollution; the stars long since faded from his view. And here he thought he couldnāt see them all that well in Amity; those skies were crystal clear in comparison to the heavy, dense smog that seemed to lay thick in the air.Ā
Danny didnāt know what city he was in until he spotted his 14th gargoyle in the last 3 minutes. He couldnāt help but pull up short, stopping mid-flight. The small shade sensed his stop and turned around anxiously, beginning to buzz around him with fear and nervous energy. He looked at it baffled.Ā
āHere? Youāre bringing me here? One of like, 2 cities in the world that I very solidly never want to go? ā Danny exclaimed, waving his hands around in disbelief. The shade looked properly chastised, settling for only a moment before buzzing anxiously again. Danny sighed.Ā
āYes, yes I promised I would help. Iām already here arenāt I? Iāll justā¦stay out of sight. And pray,ā he conceded, beginning to fly off after the shade once again, turning invisible as he began his descent into the city of Gotham.
Ā
š¢
Ā
Tim honestly had less than half a clue about what the fuck was going on and he was straight up not vibing with it. A major dislike from him. Zero out of five stars on Yelp. Not a LOL moment. He was going to have to unsubscribe after this bullshit .Ā
Ā
Because honestly. How was he supposed to live, laugh, love in these conditions?Ā
Ā
It started like this:Ā
For the past month and a half, Tim had been investigating the disappearance of a young girl named Constance Logan. Constance, or āConnieā as she was referred to by most people who knew her, had been missing for 8 weeks. (Tim suspected she was dead, but a body had never turned up.)Ā
And she had been the 3rd girl to go missing in as many months.Ā
All of them were 9 years old with blonde hair and dark eyes. Fairly small in stature, even for their age, and were described by their teachers and parents as ākind, sweet, and a little bit shy.ā Other than that? They had absolutely nothing in common with each other.Ā
And it was driving Tim up the wall.Ā
He checked schools, clubs, extracurricular activities, sports, parents, cross-referenced the staff lists for all three schools, hell he even checked what their postal routes were. Nothing matched.Ā
Nothing until today at least.Ā
A few days before each girl went missing, each of them had a class party. You remember third grade class parties. Those things happened seemingly every other month. Every time some kid had a birthday half the day had to be canceled to hand out cheap pencils and grocery store cookies. In any case, all three of them had them in the days leading up to their subsequent vanishings. It wasnāt much. Not at all. They didnāt even do anything similar at the parties. One had been a birthday, one had been a movie day (after finishing a book, the class had been watching the movie adaptation), and the other had been a fundraiser celebration.Ā
The whole thing very much could be a coincidence. If the girls who had been taken werenāt so similar in appearance, Tim would have been tempted to mark them as unrelated incidents. But they were similar in appearance. And they were missing. And that meant Tim couldnāt stop. Not until he brought them all home; one way or another.Ā
This is why when Constanceās mother, Mrs. Denise Logan, called him at 6:47 PM to hysterically claim that her daughter was standing in her living room, Tim dropped everything to don the cape and cowl.Ā
Now that everyone is all caught up, it would be great if someone, anyone , could tell Tim what the fuck was happening and, more specifically, why it was happening to him.
For one, he didnāt know what was standing in the Logansā living room, but he was about 87.3% sure it wasnāt Constance .Ā
Sure. It looked like a 9-year-old girl. He could even say it looked like a Constance Logan-shaped-9-year-old girl. Except that it was deprived of all color, looking like a white and grey corpse. And wailing. And floating. And also missing half its face.Ā
āMrs. Logan, Iām sorry but I really need you to get out of here. ā Tim urged. Mrs. Logan just shook her head.Ā
āNo! No, Iām not leaving. Not without my baby!ā She wailed desperately. Tim grimaced. He might not have a single speck of an idea about what was happening, but the last thing he needed was a civilian getting involved in it.Ā
āMaāam, please. ā All he received for his efforts was another refusal from the woman. The thing that looked like Constance began to wail louder, forcing Tim to cover his ears from the sound. All the windows in the room shattered and the furniture began lifting off the ground, whirling around the room. Tim pressed himself against the wall and tried to avoid getting impaled by the spinning debris.Ā
He tried to press the communicator on his utility belt and even tried the one on his wrist, but all he came up with was static. As if someone had cut all communication from the house. A heavy sense of pressure had begun to build in the room and between that, the spinning furniture, and the rapidly blinking lights, Tim honestly felt like he was in the middle of one of those trashy horror movies Dick made him watch. And just when Tim didnāt think things could get any weirder, a glowing teenage boy burst into the room.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
As Danny neared the house the shade had been so desperately leading him towards, Danny could already feel the pain and hurt that seemed to emit from it in waves. He staggered in the air, taking a breath he didnāt need. And when he burst into the house, Danny couldnāt help the darkness in his eyes. The anger he felt in his heart.Ā
Something that not a lot of people, even ghost hunters, seemed to grasp was that ghosts were like any other species; they had variety. Really, āghostā was more of a Family in terms of taxonomical classification (if you wanted to get tricky with it). Even Danny had taken a while to learn the difference but in the past year, things hadā¦changed. And Danny had started having to pay a lot more attention.Ā
In case anyone is unfamiliar, taxonomy is the classification of living organisms. And since no one had bothered to create one for dead organisms, Danny just followed the same principles. (Because really. Who was going to stop him?) There were 8 basic levels of classification that, in order, were Domain, Kingdom, Phylum, Class, Order, Family, Genus, and Species. Domain was the largest, broadest category and species was the smallest. The most specific. In terms of binomial nomenclature, things were generally referred to with Geuns first, species second. Take Homo sapiens, a perfect example that youāre probably familiar with; humans.Ā
Now, Danny wasnāt a massive biology nerd (that was all Sam), so he didnāt go around creating scientific identifications for every ghost he came across. But thinking of the idea of a āghostā as a broader term did help. There were many different types of ghosts like wraiths, specters, poltergeists, shades, and many more, all of which fell into more of a āGenusā category because even within each type, there was still massive variation. And there was one type that Danny was particularly familiar with.Ā
Ā
A revenant: someone who had come back from the dead.Ā
Ā
It was basic math to understand that the more ectoplasm that was present when the ghost wasā¦created, the stronger the ghost would be. And donāt be fooled, there was a lot of ambient ectoplasm everywhere you went. It leaked into the mortal world from the Zone which, honestly made a lot of sense. They were flip dimensions of each other. Incredibly interconnected. Two sides of the same coin. If you destroyed one, the other would fall as well.Ā And just like mortal things sometimes ended up in the Zone, ectoplasm would seep into the mortal plane of reality. Not enough to necessarily do something, but enough that ghosts could be created anywhere.Ā
And thatās another thing people tended to not understand. His parents picked Amity because it was a āhotspotā for ectoplasmic activity. Which, Danny supposed might have been true. Some places were more prone to natural portals. The barrier between the Zone and Earth was just a bit thinner in certain places and naturally, that meant that there was a bit more ectoplasm in those areas. This of course led to the easy conclusion that a ghost created in a place with higher ectoplasm concentration would naturally be stronger. But Danny couldnāt tell if Amity had really been a hotspot or not because the second that portal opened, Amity had become drenched in ectoplasm. It was absolutely coated in it. Suffocated in it. Every single person that lived and died in Amity Park had a ridiculously high chance of becoming a ghost, regardless of the circumstances of their death, just because the concentration was so high . And Danny hated it. His parents had single-handedly turned Amity into ground zero for spectral activity. The ghosts that attacked werenāt even from Amity, they just managed to come through the portal, intent on soaking up as much ectoplasm as they could while they were there. It was half the reason his enemies were so powerful; standing in Amity Park for a ghost was like standing on the sun for Superman. If he were to fight them anywhere else, it would be so easy it wouldnāt even be funny. Because Danny didnāt just die in Amity Park. He was made there.Ā
And that led him to his third and final point about ghost creation. One that no one liked to think about, hell, on that most people didnāt even consider . Because there was one other factor that went into how strong a ghost was. Ectoplasm picked up on emotion. Intense, powerful, potent emotions. Itās why shades existed; they were just little bundles of ectoplasm that had soaked up enough emotions from their environment to become sentient. And there were two emotions that were universally powerful. They were instinctual. Primal. Two of the strongest things someone could possibly feel.Ā
Ā
Pain, and fear.
Ā
The third factor in the creation of a revenant?
Ā
Ā How violent their death was.Ā
Which is why Danny couldnāt help the surging
burn
he felt in his core as he watched a girl no older than 10 stand screaming in the living room of the house, half her face ripped to shreds.
Notes:
yes, I am a biology nerd and now all of you have to deal with it.
Chapter 6: Take My Hand (So That I May Hold You Close)
Summary:
In which Danny understands more than he should have to
Notes:
Double update again bc i'm just that cool
TW: gore, graphic depiction of injury, child death
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
If Tim thought he was lost before, he wasnāt even on the map now. He didnāt know what to make of the white-haired teen who burst through the wall. He glowed a warm, white light, and the second he entered the living room Tim had felt the energy and pressure in the house shift. He seemed moreā¦solid than whatever was wailing in front of him. His skin was more normal in coloring, but Tim caught the very faint green tone he had around his cheeks (although that might have just been a soft highlight cast on his face from his glowing eyes). He was wearing a black and white suit that almost looked like a hero costume, although if it was, it wasnāt very good. There wasnāt any reinforcement around the joints, no protective padding, and hell, the rubbery-looking fabric looked like it wouldnāt hold up against a pair of safety scissors, much less a knife.Ā
But the way that the glowing boyās face was set hard and his eyes were locked onto the wailing creature with determination made Tim pause. Either this kid had nerves of steel and knew what he was doing or he was just plain stupid. (Tim really hoped it was the former.) Whoever he was, he was obviously a meta (what between the flying and the glowing). Normally, Tim would have orders to take him out on sight. Batman had a pretty firm āno metas in Gothamā policy and for the most part, Tim understood it. But Tim knew when he was out of his depth and if this kid could do something about the mutilated being in front of them? Well, he wasnāt going to complain.Ā
The boy touched down a few feet away from Tim. Mrs. Logan was still pressed in the corner across the room, her shouts for her ādaughterā drowned out by the wails of the glowing girl and the crashing of the still swirling furniture. The kid locked eyes with her and pursed his lips. Tim watched as he swept the rest of the room, eyes widening slightly when he caught sight of him. The kid swallowed, obviously recognizing him and Tim braced himself for him to flee and leave him alone with the screaming girl. Batmanās āNo metaā rule was pretty well known and getting spotted by a Robin was bad news for anyone trying to stay out of the Dark Knightās way.
But he didnāt leave. He didnāt run. He just squared his jaw and turned back to the mutilated girl.Ā
Ā
Tim couldnāt help but be a little bit impressed.Ā
Ā
That feeling quickly turned into disbelief and then into horror as the kid just started walking through the vortex of debris towards the screaming girl.Ā
ā What are you doing?ā Tim hissed, pushing himself forward and off the wall to make a grab towards the boy. His fingers extended and wrapped around his wrist only to grab at nothing, his own hand falling through the strange boy; as if he wasnāt there at all. Tim let out a gasp at the lack of contact and at the biting cold in his hand where it had gone through. He retracted quickly, clutching his hand, feeling frozen even through his gloves, and pressed himself back to the wall.Ā
Ā
What the actual fuck? Ā
Ā
The apparently intangible kid kept walking. He opened his arms outward, showing the wailing girl he was unarmed. At least, thatās what Tim thought he was doing. The walking glow-stick seemed intent on continuing to surprise him, however, as he continued to get closer to the girl until he was right in front of her, arms wide.Ā
Was heā¦was he trying to hug the thing?? Tim couldnāt help as his eyes widened and his jaw dropped as the kid reached to embrace the still screaming girl, ignoring the deafening volume of her screams and the broken furniture careening into him. He ignored the small cuts he was gaining all over his body. Pieces of broken glass and wood cutting into his skin, tearing through his jumpsuit, thin trails of a glowing green substance bleeding out of him. He ignored the chair leg that tore a chunk out of his thigh and the piece of a lamp that slashed open his face from his eyebrow to his jaw. He ignored the section of a couch ramming into his torso so forcefully that Tim could hear the ribs snap from across the room. He ignored it all. And he kept moving forward.Ā
Ā
And the second he made contact with her, everything stopped.Ā
Ā
The wailing and screaming stopped cold, the girl apparently as stunned as Tim. The furniture stopped viciously tornadoing around the room, freezing in place mid-air. The pressure in the air stopped pulsing and the suffocating tension released.Ā
The kid just stood there, his arms wrapped around the girl, her arms hanging limp at her sides. Then, he spoke three words, his voice soft and a tad echoey, seeming to blanket the room.Ā
Ā
āIām so sorry.āĀ
Ā
And just like that, the girl collapsed into him, clutching the back of his jumpsuit with her hands, hard sobs racking her body. The boy just hugged her tighter, supporting her weight and allowing her to crush into him, sobbing into his shoulder. He let them sink down to the floor as all the power and anger seemed to rush out of the girl, the furniture crashing to the ground completely, the pressure dissipating and leaving only a film of sadness behind.Ā
āWhy didnāt they come for me?ā Tim felt his heart drop as he heard the small voice of Constance Logan speak up from the chest of the boy she had been crying into. The glowing boy just rubbed her back. (But Tim caught the slight glance his way from those toxic green eyes and couldnāt stop the burning shame and heartache well up in his chest.)
āConnie?ā Tim looked across the room to Mrs. Logan who had her hands reached out to the girl, eyes wet from crying, voice cracked from screaming. Constance looked up and now that the lights had stopped flickering and the furniture had stopped obscuring his view, Tim caught the full brutality of her injury. It looked like someone had taken a shotgun to her head. Half her face was missing, the back part of her skull caved in, and pieces of buckshot still embedded in her cheek. She was missing her eye and her teeth, though exposed, were cracked and falling out. Tim could see the faint outline of hands on her skin. On her arms, around her neck. Bruises dark and clothes bloody. Mrs. Logan let out a sob, hands rising shakily to her mouth.Ā
āOh my babyā¦What did they do to you?ā Constance had a new set of tears fresh on her face, the last of her lip quivering. The furniture started to shake again and Tim glanced around nervously. The glowing boy came to the rescue.Ā
āHey now, none of that,ā he said softly, cupping her face in her hand, whipping her tears with his thumb. His brow furrowed as he looked at her injury.Ā
āThat doesnāt seem very fun.ā He said simply, looking Constance in her eye. She shook her head, hand raising to feel her broken face.Ā
āWould you like me to fix it for you?ā He asked, as if it were the easiest thing in the world. Tim watched in fascination as Constance gave him a small nod and the boy closed his eyes. With the hand on the bad side of her face, he carefully traced her missing features. Never touching them, just hovering delicately over the exposed bone and torn flesh. His hand glowed a soft, pale green and like magic before his eyes, Tim watched as Constanceās face seemed to rebuild itself.Ā
When the boy opened his eyes to see his handiwork, a soft, but sad smile made its way onto his face.Ā
āThere we go.āĀ Constance turned to face her mother again, as if looking for approval on her new features. Mrs. Logan let out a breathy sob and Tim looked at Constance in wonder. Her new cheek was now a web of faint green lines, as if the boy had taken all her broken pieces and fused them back together with the energy in his hand. Her rebuilt cheek reminded him a bit of a kintsugi bowl, beauty in the imperfections. Her eye had returned, although the lines continued across it as well and she lacked a pupil or an iris. She gingerly touched her face and showed a wide smile of joy as she made contact with smooth skin. The teeth that had been cracked followed the trend, but she had all of them to make a smile so bright Tim felt his heart melt a little.Ā
āCan you tell me your name?ā The boy asked quietly, as if he already knew the answer. Tim watched as Constanceās face screwed up in thought, frustration beginning to mar her features. After of couple moments, her eyes had rewet and she shook her head solemnly. The boy closed his eyes and took a short breath.Ā
āWould you like to come with me?ā He asked sadly, rising to his feet and extending a hand to the girl still on the ground. Constance looked around, locking eyes with her shaking mother. She seemed to look for something for a long moment, but when she turned back to the boy, Tim knew that whatever it was, she hadnāt found it. She nodded, taking his hand and rising from the living room floor. The boy reached for his belt and removed a cylindrical canister Tim hadnāt noticed he was carrying.Ā
āThis is a thermos,ā the boy explained, showing it to Constance who looked at it warily. (Really? A thermos? What the hell?) āI canāt take you where you need to go right away, but if you let me put you in here, you will be safe and I can get you there quicker. Is that okay?ā He asked, leaving the question completely open to the girl. Constance looked at the thermos with no small amount of trepidation. She looked the boy in the eyes.Ā
āWill it hurt?ā She asked, her voice small, her shoulders hunching inward. The boy shook his head.Ā
āNo, it wonāt hurt. It may feel a little funny, but it isnāt going to hurt you. Nothing is going to hurt you ever again. Iāll keep you safe.ā Constance looked up at him, face lightening.Ā
āYou promise?ā The boy had that same sad smile on his face again.Ā
āYeah. I promise.ā Constance took his word for it, stepping back from him, bracing herself for whatever he was about to do.Ā
āWait! Wait please!ā Tim turned his head to look at Mrs. Logan who had her hand outstretched, tears running down her cheeks. āPlease donāt take my baby please, I beg you.ā She wailed, stumbling forward to her daughter. But Constance stepped back, fear in her eyes, and the boy reacted. In one swift move, the thermos was in front of him pointing straight at Constance. There was a great flash of white light, and then she was gone.Ā
Mrs. Logan wailed in anguish. Tim stepped toward the boy.Ā
āWhat did you just do to her?ā He asked, anger hot in his voice. The boy leveled him a cold glare before turning to Mrs. Logan.Ā
āIām sorry,ā he said simply. āBut she didnāt know who you were. Not anymore. All you were doing was scaring her.āĀ
āNo! No, Iām her mother . Bring her back this instant she is my baby, please .ā Mrs. Logan begged, grabbing the boyās wrist. He just looked at her sadly.Ā
āYour daughter is dead, Iām sorry.āĀ
āNo! No, she was right here . She was right here I saw her . She was this close to me. ā The boy just shook his head.Ā
āShe was in pain. She didnāt know who she was so she came here; the one place that probably seemed familiar to her. But she didnāt know why . And when this place didnāt have the answers she wanted she lashed out. I truly am sorry. But she has no idea who you are. You canāt help her anymore. Itās time to let her rest.āĀ
Mrs. Logan didnāt understand. She just kept wailing and crying, holding her hands to her chest and calling for her daughter. Mrs. Logan didnāt understand.Ā
But Tim did. Tim understood. Constance was gone. Whatever had happened to her had killed her (because no one could survive those injuries and God, how could someone do that to a little girl). She wasā¦she was a ghost. Or something along those lines. She came home because it was the only place she remembered. But it didnāt have what she wanted and she got angry. But the boy had come to take her onto her afterlife or whatever. He had known she was just upset. That she was hurting. Tim had only seen her as her destruction, not the pain behind it.Ā
Ā
The shame he felt grew hotter.Ā
Ā
Maybe the boy could have been softer to Mrs. Logan. But Tim knew there wasnāt any real way to sugarcoat the situation. (Tim had been the one giving the news enough to know there wasnāt.) Her daughter was dead. And she was never coming back.Ā
Notes:
haha feel sad
Chapter 7: An Ally When You Need It (A Friend When You Donāt)
Summary:
In which Tim makes what's called a "pro gamer move" and Danny decides to invest in the updated version of the Vigilante Handbook.
Notes:
Hey guys, welcome back! First off, just a few housekeeping things that I feel the need to kind of clarify. 1) Danny is not fully dead. He is still half dead and living(ish) his best life as Schrodinger's teen. But, Danny has come to accept the fact that when he is Phantom, he is dead. Phantom is a ghost. Maybe he is a bit more human and a bit more mortal, but he is still dead and that is something Danny didn't want to think about for a long time. When he is Fenton, he is alive but not as human as he would like to be. And he is always kind of in this state of eldritch abomination. He is the border between life and death, the perfect split. And it kinda freaks him out, but he's dealing with it. 2) Danny is powerful. Like I am not going to nerf him just because the Justice League is full of a bunch of babies, Danny is POWERFUL. He was a ridiculously strong ghost even when he started out and its been years now, he has just gotten stronger. His rogues gallery consists of literal gods like Vortex? Undergrowth? Nocturn? Those are some high-class, world-ending threats. Even his more average enemies like skulker and johnny are dangerous. Really dangerous. Even Constance, who was not his enemy, but just a little kid who was confused, scared, and hurting caused tremendous damage that Tim didn't even know where to start with. Ghosts are incredibly powerful, even weak ones like Constance, and that makes Danny, the person who defeats them easily, an absolutely terrifying force of nature. In addition, Danny didn't KNOW just how strong he was until he saw Dan. Because of Dan, Danny is intimately, terrifyingly aware of his own strength. He knows what happens if he doesn't pull his punches. So when Danny is around other heroes he's always going to kind of...downplay his strength. (Which only makes it funnier when the Justice League is freaking the fuck out). Okay this is getting long so just thank you guys for all the support you have given this story so far, it really means a lot. I know I don't respond to many of the comments, but I do read all of them and they always make my day. Thanks, and enjoy.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Ā
Danny stepped out of the house with a heavy weight in his chest and an aching in his core. His skin felt sensitive, raw, and overly exposed. The burning feeling in his chest made his head feel clouded and he couldnāt get rid of the thick feeling in his throat; choking with grief. As much as he wanted to rush the young girl to the Zone, he was too tired for the inevitably long flight back to Amity. He hadnāt been paying a great deal of attention during his flight into Gotham, too focused on getting wherever the shade had been leading him, and he didnāt think the return trip was going to be much in the way of a straight shot. (And it wasnāt as if they made google maps: ariel mode.) He needed to rest anyway. His body, although it was already healing, still ached from the beating it took. He didnāt regret the cuts and bruises and broken bones he got from approaching the girl, but that didnāt mean he had to like them.Ā
Plus, he had skipped dinner. And while he technically didnāt need to eat, he was still half-alive and it made him feel pretty shitty if he didnāt. (The same thing was true for sleep which was honestly just ectophobic on the universeās part. He had to be dead and tired? What was that about? Whoever said you could sleep when you were dead was a dirty liar .)Ā
Danny lulled his head to the side, looking at the small, blue little shade that had worked so hard to bring him to the girl. If he had to hazard a guess, he would say it had been born from her emotions a long time ago, probably following her around most of her life. Shades were cute like that. It seemed wrong to let them be separated now.
āWould you like to join her?ā Danny asked the shade softly, his voice seeming to get stuck in his chest, the barbs of his pain hooking into them, not wanting them to leave. The happy chittering and fluttery flying he got in return was answer enough for him. With a quick flash of white light, the shade joined the girl in the thermos. Danny suddenly heard the door of the house close behind him. He tilted his head to catch a glimpse of Red Robin and honestly? Danny was not about to get another bat on his trail.Ā
āWaitā¦please,ā he heard him call, and Danny sighed, hanging his head. He really couldnāt escape them, could he? He turned and looked at Red Robin. He was an inch or two shorter than Danny, with broader shoulders and dark black hair. It was fairly close-cropped, but there were a couple of pieces longer in the front that reached to the top of his black domino mask. Danny raised an eyebrow at the bird. If he wanted to ask his questions, he had better do it fast. Red Robin took a deep breath and then looked him in the eyes.Ā
āCan I buy you dinner?ā Danny blinked, stunned. Orā¦he could do that? (Really? Was he allowed to do that? Danny never read the vigilante handbook but seriously, that was legal ?) Danny froze for a moment before acquiescing (even though he was very confused).Ā
Ā
āSure?āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
To be fair, Tim didnāt really know what he was doing. What he did know was that he was hungry. And there was also a chance that the glowing boy was hungry too. Plus, he needed answers, and in his experience, giving someone food was a great way to get them.Ā
So thatās how he got here: sitting in a Dennyās booth at 8 PM on a Saturday with a random kid he met while fighting a ghost. Yeah.Ā
They hadnāt talked much on the way to the place, Tim asking a simple ādo you like pancakes?ā and the boy responding with an indifferent shrug. Tim had grappled across the city (obviously) but watching the glowing boy fly had beenā¦interesting. It wasnāt like any of the other types of flying he had seen, be it from Superman, Superboy, Martian Man Hunter, Wonder Woman, or any of the other countless Leaguers who could become airborne. The boy flewā¦differently somehow. As if gravity just didnāt apply to him. It was smoother, cleaner than the other flights he had seen.Ā
And now Tim was glancing over the top of his menu, trying to figure out what the hell this boy was. His white hair seemed almost ethereal, floating around him like a halo. His eyes cast faint highlights of green across his angular face causing the shadowing around his jaw and cheekbones to be more defined, giving his face a bit of a creepy look. Up close, his jumpsuit looked even less durable than Tim had previously assumed (seriously, what was it made of?). The thick cut on the boyās face was already healing, albeit slowly, just confirming the āmetaā aspect of the boy (not that he needed much conformation, after all he just watched him fly through the city ). Tim couldnāt help but wonder how his leg and ribs were doing (he had heard bones crack from across the room, accelerated healing or not that had to hurt like hell). Suddenly, the boy let out a sigh and put down his own menu. He shifted in his positioning, reclining in back on his side of the booth and stretching his arms over his head. (Tim caught the faintest wince on the boyās face, answering his wondering about the ribs.)
āWhat do you want to know?ā The boy asked, eyes meeting Timās in a silent challenge. Tim changed his own sitting posture, folding his hand on the table and leaning over his elbows, gaze steady through the mask.Ā
āLetās start with your name.ā The boy quirked an eyebrow but answered nonetheless.
āPhantom. Whatās yours?ā Tim tilted his head.Ā
āRed Robin, but you already knew that.ā A faint smile traced its way across Phantomās face.Ā
āI did,ā he admitted, head nodding in acquiesce. Tim narrowed his eyes.Ā
āWhy were you in Gotham?āĀ
āI wasnāt.ā Phantom stated simply. Tim paused, considering. Catching on to what Phantom was implying, he asked a different question.Ā
āWhy did you come to Gotham?ā Phantom smiled a tad at his quick correction but cast his eyes upwards in nonchalance.Ā
āAt first, I didnāt know. I was led here by a shade, you see. Told me someone needed help,ā Phantom redirected his gaze to Tim. āLuckily I was able to.ā Tim let the subtle jab roll off his back in favor of picking up on a different line.Ā
āA shade?ā He asked. Phantom nodded, casting his gaze back to the ceiling.Ā
āYeah. Little guy was worried out of its mind. I figure it had been attached to the girl for a while, must have broke its heart when she died.ā There was a lot in that sentence that Tim was sure he only half understood, but he would pick at it later.Ā
āSo she was dead,ā Tim stated. It wasnāt a question. There were only a handful of people in the world who could survive a face full of buckshot and Tim had this sneaking suspicion that a random 9-year-old girl was not one of them. Phantom nodded in agreement.Ā
āThen what was she?ā Phantom sent him a look as if asking are you stupid or something?
āShe was a ghost, of course.āĀ
āRight, a ghost. Of course.ā Tim swallowed. This was anā¦unsettling bit of information. Aliens? Sure. Gods? Why not. Ghosts? Yep, put it on the pile. (If Timās life got any weirder he was going to kill someone, Batman morality be damned.) Phantom furrowed his brows, moving once again into a more normal position.Ā
āYouā¦know about ghosts, right?ā Phantom asked, an odd tinge of hesitance lining his echoey voice. Tim sighed and buried his head in his hands. He let out a strangled laugh before doing some of his own ceiling soul searching, eyes cast upwards.Ā
āHonestly? No. Before today I thought the only ghost that was real was Boston, but he doesnāt count.ā Phantom just nodded in sympathy.Ā
āWell. Go on. Have your moment. Contemplate the afterlife. Iāll wait.ā Phantom said simply, giving Tim a flared wave of his hand. True to his word, Phantom stayed silent for the next few minutes while Tim collected himself. Because ghosts? Ghosts didnāt just change things, they rewrote the rules entirely . People coming back from the dead (not that that didnāt already happen, looking at you Raās ), normal , regular people just. Coming back? That shook things up. It made Tim uncomfortable . Because. Because were all the people he lost in his life, were all of them just. Out there? Missing pieces of themselves like Constance was? Unable to remember who they were or who he was? Ā
Ā
Alone?Ā
Ā
And that brought in a whole other mess of existential issues. What did the afterlife look like? Did everyone become a ghost? Did only certain people? Tim looked up at Phantom and realized he had someone across from him who must have all the answers. Because he was able to stop Constance. He told her he would bring her somewhere safe. Another thought popped unbidden into Timās head. He stared hard at Phantom, who met his gaze easily, as if realizing the conclusion that he had come to.Ā
āAre youā¦are you a ghost?ā Tim asked hesitantly. There was a slight flicker of something in Phantomās eyes, but it was too fast for Tim to really catch.
āI am,ā Phantom admitted easily, as if being dead was no different than anything else. And Tim looked at Phantom. Looked at the boy only an inch or two taller than himself, at the boy who looked like he too was just 16 and had seen too much. Tim couldnāt help but feel sad for the death of the boy he had never met when he was alive. Which brought Tim to his next question.Ā
āHow long have you been dead?ā Phantom paused at that, a darker look in his eyes and Tim wondered if he had asked the wrong question.Ā
āUsually, itās considered a tad impolite to ask a ghost things related to their deaths,ā Phantom said amicably, though, Tim could tell from his body language that it was considered much more than just a tad impolite . But before he could apologize, Phantom forged ahead. āBut Iāll let it slide since you didnāt know. No hard feelings. Iām much like, much cooler than most other ghosts though, so donāt expect others to be so chill.ā Phantom grinned like he had made some great joke. (Tim could tell he wasnāt meant to be in on it.) āAs for how old I am, do you want the me version or the actual factual history version?ā Tim allowed his face to scrunch in confusion because really, what did that even mean?Ā
āUhm. Both?ā Phantomās grin grew wider.
āWell, according to me,ā he began, gesturing widely to himself, āIāve been dead for around 3 years.ā Tim felt his heart drop a little. 3 years. Phantom would have died around the same time Tim became Robin. (And wasnāt that just heartbreaking?) āHowever, according to like, records and stuff, Iāve been dead for a few millennia.ā Phantom concluded easily, taking a sip of his milkshake as if he hadnāt just claimed to be older than the entire modern world. Tim felt his jaw drop.Ā
āWhat?ā He exclaimed. Phantom waved his hand lazily.Ā
āYeah. I mean, you show up in a couple of stone mosaics and suddenly everyone thinks youāre some old, arcane being. What is up with that?ā Phantom popped a french fry in his mouth. Tim began meltdown number four of the evening.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
āSo,ā Red Robin started, chewing on an onion ring. āJust to recap, youāre name is Phantom, youāre a ghost that is either a teenager or several thousand years old, shades are little balls of sentient, emotional ectoplasm that are all around us and that we canāt see, you were led to Gotham by a shade to help Constance, who you are going to take to a place called the Ghost Zone, which is actually the flip side of our dimension that is full of the ghosts, who occasionally come into our world and reak havoc, you fight them and send them back to the Ghost Zone, and you need me to tell Batman none of this because he is already looking for you after the Justice League accidentally summoned you using a freaky death painting that, and I quote, āwasnāt even very good at its job.ā Did I get all that right?āĀ
āYeah, that seems accurate enough,ā Danny commented, taking another sip of his strawberry milkshake. Red Robin dropped his head into his hand and groaned.Ā
āWhy is my life so complicated?ā Danny just shrugged.Ā
āI have no idea, man. Iām right there with you.ā Red Robin just groaned again. After a couple of moments in silence, the boy across from him looked up, meeting Dannyās (currently) green eyes with his own masked ones.Ā
āThank you, Phantom. Really. Iā¦I appreciate the answers.ā Danny shrugged.Ā
āI mean, I got free dinner out of it so I should be thanking you.ā Red Robin just shook his head again.Ā
āI still donāt understand how you can eat,ā he admitted, leaning back on his side of the booth in defeat. Danny let out a laugh.Ā
āDonāt think about it too much. Somethings with ghost logic are better just left as āyeah alright, I guess that checks out.āā Danny reasoned, trying to spare the poor vigilante another breakdown. Red Robin chuckled at that.Ā
āWell Phantom, it has been a pleasure meeting you. Iāll keep Batman off your trail the best I can, but if he directly asks me about you, I wonāt be able to lie. I might be good but heās stillā¦Batman.ā Danny could only nod at that.Ā
āSeems fair.ā Red Robin seemed to pause, as if internally debating something. After a couple of moments, he reached over the table and placed a small press button in Dannyās hand. Danny looked at it for a moment.Ā
āUh, thanksā¦Iāll cherish it forever?ā Danny replied, confused. He could practically feel Red Robin roll his eyes under his mask.Ā
āNo, you idiot itās a communicator button. Itās wonāt be able to track you or anything, but if you ever get in trouble and need some helpā¦Well. Itās not the worst thing in the world to have the Justice League in your corner.ā Red Robin explained, becoming a bit sheepish at the end. While Danny knew he would never use it (again, Superman + ghost possession = bad time for Danny), he felt like he should at least return the gesture. After all, apparently none of them knew anything about ghosts. And. Well. Danny did happen to be something of an expert in that department (plus, better the Justice League be able to reach out to him about a ghost problem rather than having to turn to the Idiots in White or worse, his parents ). Reaching for the carabiner he had hooked onto his belt, he pulled off a small green dog whistle.Ā
āHere,ā Danny said. Red Robin took it carefully, as if he expected it to bite him.
āUh, no offense Phantom, but what am I supposed to do with a dog whistle?ā Danny shrugged.Ā
āI have a dog. Well. Heās not really my dog but itās been like 2 years and Iāve honestly just gotten tired of explaining it. Anyway, if you blow that, heāll come to you and if you tell him to fetch, he should, in theory, come and find me. It might take me a bit to get there soā¦maybe not the best in emergencies but if you ever need to talk to me or something, well.ā Danny rubbed the back of his neck. Ancients, Red Robin gave him a high-tech communication device and the best thing Danny could come up with was a dog whistle ? Red Robin seemed grateful nonetheless, gingerly placing the whistle into his utility belt.Ā
āThank you, Phantom. Youāveā¦given me a lot of clarity. And dinner wasā¦nice. For a thousand-year-old dead guy, you arenāt the worst company.ā Red Robin said with a faint smile. Danny laughed.Ā
āYou arenāt so bad yourself, featherhead. Thanks for dinner, but I need to get going. I have a long flight home and I think we have kept Constance waiting for long enough.ā Danny said amicably, extending his hand for Red Robin to shake. (He couldnāt help but feel a little bit satisfied when Red Robin didnāt show any hesitancy in taking his hand.)
Danny paused for a moment before looking Red Robin in the eyes.Ā
āWhen you find Constanceās killer,ā Danny began, seeing Red Robin tense ever so slightly, āgive them hell.ā Red Robinās face split into a devilish grin and Danny had no doubts that the bird already had a few wicked ideas in mind.Ā
āDonāt worry, I will. You wouldnāt happen to have any hints for me?ā Danny paused, thinking. He closed his eyes, spreading his ghost sense out across Gotham, stretching it as far as he could, searching for faint traces of Constanceās soul.Ā
āItās not much,ā Danny started, opening his eyes. āBut Iām pretty sure her body is in West Gotham. Itās somewhereā¦dark, cold, andā¦metal.ā Red Robin quirked an eyebrow.Ā
āDo I even want to know how you know that?ā Red Robin asked and Danny just shrugged sadly.Ā
āCorpses are just extensions of a ghost,ā Danny said emptily. Nothing was creepier than when he started being able to tell when he walked past the remains of ghosts. It was just an extension of his ghost sense and logically he knew that. That didnāt stop the surging burn that spread through his chest and threatened to rip him apart every time it happened.Ā
āWell, in any case, it was nice meeting you, Phantom. Have a safe flight home.ā Danny nodded, floating up from the booth and ready to fly out when he remembered something.Ā
āOh, and Red Robin,ā Danny called from his place near the ceiling, the vigilante in question looking up to catch his eye.Ā
āMy dogās name is Cujo. And heās a lot friendlier than he looks,ā Danny smirked. Red Robin gave him a weird look but nodded nonetheless. And with that, Danny shot up through the ceiling of the Dennyās, Amity bound.Ā
Notes:
I know you guys really wanted Danny and Tim to team up and find Constance's killer but Danny doesn't go up against normal people if he can help it. He is used to fighting ghosts, where many of his powers are fair game and he only has to hold back a smidge. Against a real person? Especially someone who hurt and killed a little kid? Well. It's a little too early in this story for Dark Danny. Yes, I did give Danny a new power but it's really just a stronger version of his ghost sense to me, and honestly doesn't that track for how his powers grow and develop? Being able to sense where corpses are would be disturbing as hell and that is exactly why I gave it to him. It will come up again ;) Any way Danny is just gonna try to get the hell out of Gotham and get these fucking bats off his tail and Tim is going to contemplate his life. Thanks for reading and until next week!
- H
Chapter 8: The Monsters of History (The Heroes of Today)
Summary:
In which Tim comes to a couple of realizations
Notes:
hey everybody welcome back to my crisis writing. I told you all in the beginning I move my stories along pretty fast so uh. vroom vroom.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Two months. It had been two months and Bruce had nothing . Constantine had dug for everything he could, but in the end, he couldnāt find much from the painting other than the fact that Phantom was apparently bad news . All they really knew about him at this point was that he was far more dangerous than he seemed. It was concerning. Not to mention the whole ādisturbance of the Lazarus Pitā deal that Damian had mentioned. Being summoned by what Constantine called ādeath magicā was bad enough, but anything that had Raās Al Ghul worried was more than enough to set off all kinds of warning bells in Bruceās head.Ā
Which led him here. For two months, he had done everything he could to find out who Phantom was and all he received for his efforts was a nasty headache. It was time to get the rest of the League involved.Ā
He stood in the Watchtower monitor room, a good portion of the League in front of him, as well as a few of his own proteges. Constantine leaned against the wall in the far back corner looking like he would rather be anywhere else. The blurry footage of Phantom was displayed on the screen.Ā
āTwo months ago, while Superman, Arrow, Black Canary, The Flash, and I were sorting through the archives, we came across a painting in Zataraās section. Unknowingly, we moved an altar that had been keeping the painting sealed, which in turn summoned a being who called himself Phantom. Phantom appeared largely non-hostile in our brief interaction, but when we began to ask questions about who he was and his intentions, he made a vague threat and vanished into thin air. We havenāt been able to locate him since.ā Bruce watched at the League looked around warily, whispering among themselves.Ā
āJohn Constantine,ā Bruce continued, gesturing loosely to the man who only gave a light scoff as members of the League turned to look at him. āHas been analyzing the painting during that time to see just who Phantom is and why the painting summoned him.āĀ
āAnd I got jack shit out of it,ā Constantine growled from the back, interrupting Bruce and earning himself a sharp look.Ā
āHe was able to uncover some concerning titles that pertained to the summoning conditions,ā Bruce continued, largely ignoring Constantineās outburst. āWe donāt know who or what exactly Phantom is, but the painting called for the summoning of several beings titled The Deathless Lord, The Infinite King, The Bloody Tyrant, and The Keeper of The End. We donāt know if Phantom is any of these beings or if he was simply summoned on accident, but we do know that, whatever the case may be, he is far more powerful than he looks. From what we briefly observed, he had the power to fly and vanish into thin air but it is without question that he can do more than that. Should any of you come into contact with him, fighting him is ill-advised and you should report to the Watchtower immediately. We donāt know anything about him. Do not face him without backup. Right now, our goal is finding out who he is, what he is, where he came from, and what he wants,ā Bruce concluded, looking around the room to meet each of his fellow Leaguersā eyes. When he got to his sons, he noticed a strange expression on Timās face. He would have to talk to him about it later.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
Tim was losing his shit because apparently, Phantom had not been kidding when he said Batman might have been interested in looking into him. Tim could count on exactly one hand how many times Bruce had called a Justice League meeting. Sure, he often led them. Talked at them. Complained about them. But when Batman called a meeting, you knew it was a big deal.Ā
Phantom had apparently been severely downplaying his own power levels because when Tim had offhandedly remarked āyou must be a powerful ghost if you fight them all the timeā, Phantom had just shrugged and replied with āMost ghosts are just scared or angry or hurt. They want someone to listen to them. You saw what happened with Constance. Not a lot of fighting went on there, right?ā Now, of course, Batman was saying that Phantom was a dangerous unknown who was possibly a powerful entity from who knows where who had the power to destroy them all.Ā
But Tim thought about the glowing boy with the sad smile he had sat across from in that Dennyās a few weeks ago. He thought about how easily Phantom laughed and all the corny jokes he made. He thought about Phantom wolfing down pancakes covered in sprinkles and syrup, choking on a strawberry milkshake. He thought about how sad Phantom looked when he hugged Constance tight and told her he was so, so sorry . He thought about the boy who had vengeance in his eyes when he asked Tim to make sure Constanceās killer was brought to justice. He thought about the boy who looked like he really was just 16. He thought about the boy who seemed so alone . And Tim decided he didnāt really care if he had the answers Batman was looking for. He wasnāt going rat out the boy who had sat across from him in that Dennyās, bleeding and in pain, all because he wanted to give a scared little girl a hug.Ā
Ā
And if Phantom really was as powerful as Batman was making him out to be? Well. It wouldnāt hurt to have him in his corner.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
Danny was 17 today. He was also 14 for the 4th time. He had died a few weeks into his freshman year, almost 15 but still so young. Too young.Ā
Now yes, technically his ghost half still aged, but that was really only because he wanted it to. Ectoplasm was moldable. Adjustable. It was how he fixed Constanceās face those few weeks ago. If you gave it a little push, it would form into any shape you wanted it to. Amorpho was a key example of this, as he shapeshifted by simply rearranging the structure of his ectoplasmic form. On top of this, since it was a such an emotionally reactive substance, it was most comfortable creating a form that best reflected the emotions around it. Most ghosts had very little control over this. They appeared however their ectoplasm thought they would be mostā¦comfortable. It was a subconscious projection of how the ghost perceived themselves. So yes. Dannyās ghost half āagedā. But not in the typical sense. It was more his ectoplasm reacting to how viewed himself. He was a teenager in his ghost form because he was a teenager in his human form.Ā
Still, it was strange knowing that when he died, all that would happen was his human half would cease to exist and then what would his ghost form look like? When he had nothing human left to cling to ?Ā
Ā
It was even stranger celebrating the day that he was born when he had already died. It feltā¦taboo somehow.Ā
Ā
Sam and Tucker were good about it. They possessed more tact than any other people he knew and every day he was grateful for it. They treated his birthday as any other normal day because they knew it freaked him out. They didnāt mention it, not really. The only real thing that would change is that when they went out to Nasty Burger after school, Sam would spend her parentsā money and pay for the table. It wasā¦nice.Ā
Jazz had gotten better about it, but she still thought that birthdays were important to āthe growing child psycheā and she would wish him a happy birthday without fail every year. It was nice that she cared and toned it down just for him.Ā
Ā
His parents, howeverā¦
Ā
For as long as he could remember, his birthday was really the only day he felt his parents truly paid attention to him. Jazz felt the same way with her own. It was like the one day a year they would try and make up for every other dayās dismissal. He used to not mind it. He used to feel like it was them reminding him that they loved him, even if they werenāt always the most present parents.Ā
Ā
Now that he was dead?Ā
Ā
Now it just sucked.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
Jason Todd was not a saint. He didnāt pretend to be either. Sure he helped out some people. Saved a few others. And maybe once upon a time, he had been on the track to heaven, back when he was still Robin and bright-eyed and good . Now? Now Jason knew exactly where he was going and it wasnāt up. But that was alright because he got to wipe scum off the streets and that was enough for him.Ā
He also knew he definitely had a hell of a lot of bad karma stacked against him. He took the good luck with the bad and accepted the fact that he had put too many bullets in too many people for the universe to smile kindly upon him.Ā
Ā
But this shit? This was straight-up ridiculous .Ā
Ā
For starters, the last time he checked, the flying robot man was not listed in the Gotham Rogue Gallery.Ā
The guy who had introduced himself as āSkulker, the worldās greatest hunterā, had shown up in the Narrows about 10 minutes ago and so far he had managed to do more damage than the last three turf wars combined . Now, what exactly he was hunting and why he thought it would be here, Jason didnāt know, but he did know when he was out of his league (as much as he hated to admit it).Ā
He pressed the emergency button on his belt and prayed to every god that may exist that it wasnāt Dick who picked up the phone (he would just never hear the end of it). He probably wouldnāt anyway .Ā
After four rings, he heard the glorious sound of the Batcomputer answering.Ā
āTt, what do you want, Todd.ā He heard Damian hiss from the other end of the line.Ā
āListen to me, Demon Brat, I donāt care who you have to send but the Narrows is getting ripped apart and I am not equipped to handle fucking missiles!ā Ā Jason shouted out, his lungs clutching with smoke, and the distant sound of a building collapsing rang in his ears. This needed to end fast .Ā
There was a brief pause and he heard the faint sound of Damian typing.Ā
āDrake is on his way,ā Damian told him before hanging up, leaving Jasonās complaints about it being Replacement left to the wind.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
Tim didnāt love working with Jason for several obvious reasons. The number one reason being, of course, that Jason hated him. Immensely . But when Damian sent him a message telling him that the Narrows was apparently in its 8th crisis of the week and Jason was in over his head, well. Tim wasnāt one to sit back and let a feud between him and his estranged brother get in the way of helping people.Ā
Whatever he was expecting when he road across the bridge into the Narrows, however, it wasnāt this .Ā
To begin with, everything was on fire . Smoke lay heavy in the air and the sounds of crushing metal, screeching tired, breaking glass, burning wood, and screaming almost deafened Tim. The Narrows looked like something out of a warzone and Tim couldnāt help but wonder why the hell Damian hadnāt called in all the birds and bats in the vicinity. Thisā¦This wasnāt a normal level of destruction. This was something else entirely.Ā
When Tim finally found Jason, he was huddled in an alleyway, his helmet covered in ash and his brown leather coat covered in blood. He looked worse for wear but seemed generally okay. Tim let out a sigh of relief.Ā
āJesus, what the fuck took you so long?ā Jason barked out as Tim rode his motorcycle farther into the alley.Ā
āItās been like 3 minutes!ā Tim argued back, yanking off his helmet and stepping off his bike.Ā
āThat thing is so going to get stolen.ā Jason pointed out, eyeing his bike up and down. Tim huffed.Ā
āI wasnāt about to grapple into the Narrows, I was all the way downtown.ā Tim defended. Still, he did make sure not to leave any gear on the bike. Just in case.Ā
āWhat are we dealing with here?ā Tim asked, coming to stand beside his estranged brother. Jason let out a scoff.Ā
āMan, the fuck if I know. Heās big. Heās a robot. He flies. He shoots missiles. His hair is made of fire. I have zero clue who he is, what he is, what he wants, and why heās here. Heās just been ripping this place to shreds for the last 15 minutes calling for some āwelpā to hurry up because he is getting impatient apparently.ā Tim narrowed his eyes.Ā
Ā
āHe flies?āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
Jason and Replacement didnāt get along⦠great , per se. But in a pinch, they could work it out. At least he wasnāt insufferable and annoying like the flying Dickhead or out for his blood like the Demon Brat. But dammit, Tim could be slow as hell sometimes.Ā
āYes, he flies, why the fuck is that what youāre picking up on here?ā Jason demanded, waving his arms around and trying to get Timberina to see the bigger fucking picture here because his neighborhood was on fire! Ā
āDoes he glow?ā Tim asked. Jason was going to lose his shit.Ā
ā I donāt know, dumbass, why donāt you go ask him??ā Ā Jason hissed out. Replacement merely responded by grappling to the roof of the building to the left of the alley. Jason stifled a scream.Ā
From the roof, they had a clear few of the hulking figure, seemingly suspended in the sky. He was, for one, huge . Like, at least 10 feet tall kinda huge. His shoulders were extremely broad and even though he appeared to be made out of metal, Jason could make out muscle definition even through the thick haze of orange smoke. His long hair seemed to be made of bright green fire and his head resembled that of a skull shape, lacking in any typical features, except for a small goatee of the same green fire. He was decked out in a kind of cyber-punk look, but with armor and weapons adorning seemingly every other inch of his body.Ā
And, just like Tim had wondered, the thing was in fact glowing.Ā
Ā
What the fuck.Ā
Ā
Tim breathed out a soft āholy shitā next to him and Jason couldnāt help but agree. Tim turned to him.Ā
āDid he like, happen to shout out his name, perchance?ā Tim asked, hopeful. Jason raised an eyebrow under his helmet and crossed his arms.Ā
āYes, but how did you know that?ā Tim waved his hands around and shook his head. Jason huffed in annoyance.Ā
āWhat did he say his name was?ā Tim asked, desperately.Ā
āLook, Replacement, if you have any idea who the hell this guy is you need to tell me now because I swear-āĀ
āHood, just give me the fucking name!ā Tim snarled, cutting Jason off. Well. He was serious then. Jason sighed.Ā
āI donāt know it was like āSkull Crusherā or something equally stupid. Sulker? Sulky? Skully? Skulker?ā Jason supplied, shrugging his shoulders. He saw Timās eyes widen behind his mask. He began to fumble with his utility belt, apparently looking for something. Jason narrowed his eyes.Ā
āRed, do you know who this nutcase is? Red. Red Robin,ā Jason demanded, stepping closer to his nerdy brother who was still frantically looking for whatever the fuck.Ā
When Tim finally found what he was looking for, he held it up for Jason to see, a triumphant grin on his face.
Jason was severely underwhelmed.Ā
Ā
āWhat the fuck are you going to do with a dog whistle?āĀ
Notes:
i don't love this chapter but it was a necessary segue so like. kachow ig. see you all next week.
Chapter 9: Tread Carefully, My Friend (For There Is Darkness Here)
Summary:
In which Danny makes takes a bit of a field trip: part 2.
Chapter Text
āYou must be a powerful ghost if you fight them all the time.ā
āMost ghosts are just scared or angry or hurt. They want someone to listen to them. You saw what happened with Constance. Not a lot of fighting went on there, right?āĀ
āI suppose. But she was angry. Surely some ghosts are angrier than others? Donāt some ghosts want to fight?āĀ
āWell. I guess thatās true. There are some ghosts that are angrier. Stronger. More dangerous. Not by much, though. None of them are all that great at it either, always shouting out their names and their āsuper secret plansā for everyone with ears to hear. For example, there is this one ghost, Skulker. He acts tough and tends to cause more damage than he needs to, but heās really just a pain in my ass at this point. Small fry. All the really dangerous ghosts? They tend to stay out of the mortal realm.ā
āWhy?āĀ
āThey know they donāt have power here.āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
āSmall fryā. Thatās what Phantom had called Skulker. Small fry . The ghost that stood at what had to be 10 feet tall. The ghost with rocket launchers and semiautomatic weapons and missiles and flame throwers build into his very body.Ā
The ghost who had not just brought the Narrows to its knees, but who had burned it to the ground .Ā
Ā
And had done in minutes . Ā
Ā
So he ignored Jasonās demanding voice in the background. He ignored the smell of burning all around him. He ignored the acidic taste of ash on his tongue and the feeling of the oppressive heat crushing against him, and he dug in his utility belt for the dog whistle Phantom had given him weeks ago.
At the time, he had thought it was silly. Maybe he would run into another ghost like Constance but he had gone three years as Robin and 16 years of his entire life of not seeing a single one. Now? Now he could only thank God he had met Phantom when he had. With a great feeling of triumph, he finally pulled the small green dog whistle from the depths of his utility belt.Ā
Ā
He blew the whistle.Ā
Ā
Like all dog whistles, it was largely inaudible to him, only the faintest whine and hiss of air to be heard. Jason looked at him like he had lost his mind but he didnāt care. If there was even half a chance this thing worked, then everything would be okay. He knew Phantom said it wouldnāt be great in emergency situations, but goddammit he hoped the dog was fast.Ā
For many long, agonizing moments, nothing happened. But then, in the distance, Tim heard a low howl build and stretch across the Narrows. Tim heard Jasonās quiet āwhat the fuckā next to him, but he stood his ground, keeping his eyes scanning between the hazy sky and the smoke veiled ground. A loud rumbling started to get closer to the building they were standing on and Tim couldnāt help the instinctive step back he took from the ledge. Suddenly, shooting up from the hazy orange smoke, a massive green paw clawed onto the edge of the rooftop. In his peripheral, Tim saw Jason stumble back as a gigantic, glowing green rottweiler clawed its way onto the roof.Ā
If Tim had thought Skulker had been huge, then Phantomās dog was absolutely massive . He easily towered several feet over both Tim and Jason, his eyes were a dark, glowing red and his gaping mouth opened to reveal teeth that looked longer than Timās entire torso. He had a thick, black spiked collar around his neck that nearly scraped against the rooftop as he prowled forward, poised to attack.
Tim swallowed nervously. What was it that Phantom had told him about his dog? That he was friendlier than he looked? Tim stared into the glowing, blood-red eyes of the growling dog monster and thought, a very concise, yeah right .
Okay, what had the dogās name been? Tim remembered thinking it had been ironic and very on-brand for Phantom, even in the short time he had known him. Oh god, what had it been? Phantom was a ghost, this was Phantomās terrifying ghost dog, Phantom liked puns, that meant his monster dogās name was-
āCujo!ā Tim yelled, trying to put as much authority in his voice as possible. The dog stopped his prowl forward, tilting his head curiously. Tim let out a sigh of relief.Ā
āCujo, I need you to fetch Phantom for me, okay? Can you fetch? Can you bring Phantom here?ā Tim asked, feeling just a little bit stupid for talking to a truck-sized rottweiler. But at Phantomās name, Cujo perked up and began panting happily.Ā
āFetch, Cujo. Go on.ā Tim insisted with a wave of his hand. The monstrous dog let out a booming bark that had Tim covering his ears, wincing, but when he looked back up, the dog had jumped off the rooftop in the direction he had come from.Ā
He could only hope that it had been a bark of conformation.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
āHappy Birthday, Sweetheart!ā His mother crooned in his ear. Danny forced out a smile.Ā
āThatās right, Happy Birthday, Danno!ā His father shouted, patting him hard on the back.Ā
āThank you guys, but you didnāt have to do all this.ā Danny ground out, catching Jazzās look of sympathy from across the table.Ā
āNonsense, Danny! You are only 16 once after all!ā His mother chirped happily. Jazz furrowed her brows, opening her mouth to correct their parents, inform them that actually Danny was 17 today but Danny just shook his head. If he made a thing about it, the longer this whole procession was going to have to go on. Jazz didnāt look happy about it but kept her mouth shut.Ā
See, Danny knew his parents loved him. They really did. They just happened to love their work more. Danny and Jazz had largely been on their own for most of their childhood, and yeah, maybe that wasnāt great, but they had each other. (Danny hated to think about what might have happened if Jazz didnāt have Danny. Because he wasnāt here maybe she would have been the one to go into that portal .)
Besides, his parentsā... absent-mindedness really did make the whole ghost thing so much easier. Maybe that wasnāt the best way to look at it, but hiding bullet wounds and other ālifeā threatening injuries had to be a hell of a lot harder when your parents paid attention. (Danny didnāt have more than a handful of bright sides. He took the ones he could get.)Ā
But, one day a year, they went all out: their birthdays. It was like a Party City had thrown up in their living room. His mother insisted on cooking a four-course dinner (which of course meant it wasnāt safe to eat any of it . Ever since the accident, Danny had an iron stomach and could handle almost anything, but Jazz was still painfully human and resigned to their age old tradition of pretending to eat, throwing away what they could, and puking up anything they were forced to stomach later).Ā
Danny was, however, saved from this horrid affair by a sharp shot of cold in his chest, ice crawling its way out of his lungs and into his breath. He caught Jazzās eye from across the table and she nodded. He cleared his throat and began his performance.Ā
āUh, Mom,ā Danny groaned, clutching his stomach.Ā
āOh, Sweetie, whatās wrong?ā She asked, moving to his side and pressing a hand to his forehead.Ā
āI donāt feel very well all of the sudden,ā Danny complained.Ā
āOh my word, youāre freezing Danny!ā She exclaimed, concern on her face. This was, of course, just Dannyās normal body temperature, but his mother didnāt really need to know that. He faked a shiver.Ā
āIām sorry, I know you worked so hard on all thisā¦ā He started limply gesturing to the ecto-contaminated food and the gaudy decorations all around him.Ā
āOh nonsense, Sweetheart, youāre sick! We can have a celebration when you are feeling better. You go lie down, alright?ā His mother insisted, rubbing his back. Danny nodded solemnly. He rose from the table, and with one last sorrowful look, he slowly shuffled up the stairs, breathing heavily in a great effort. He could practically feel Jazz roll her eyes behind him.Ā
Once he was out of sight and safely upstairs, he let a small smile stretch onto his face.Ā
āIncredible,ā he whispered under his breath quietly, āone of the worst performances of my career, and they never doubted it for a second.ā He chuckled silently to himself before letting the stinging transformation wash over him. He flew up and out of the roof of his house, eyes sweeping the horizon for any sign of trouble. Suddenly, he felt a heavy weight barrel into his chest and he found himself with an arm full of wiggling fluff.Ā
āCujo!ā He exclaimed, grabbing the puppy by his sides and holding him out in front of his body. āWhat are you doing here, fluffball?ā Cujo let out a happy bark and proceeded to wiggle around in his grip. Danny furrowed his brow as he caught sight of something strange in Cujoās fur. Was thatā¦ash? Dannyās eyes widened.Ā
Ā
Red Robin .Ā
Ā
āCome on Cujo, return!ā Danny commanded. The green puppy shot out of his arms and flew at high speeds in the direction of Gotham, Danny hot on his trail.Ā
The flight that had taken him hours with the shade took only around 20 minutes following Cujo. Both he and Danny could fly much, much faster than a shade, no matter how stressed and desperate they were. Plus, Cujo took far more of a straight shot and didnāt bother stopping to check if he was following, he just flew full speed ahead.Ā
All he could do was hope that whatever Red Robin had gotten himself into, it would be able to wait for him to get there.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
To be honest, Jason had even less of a fucking clue about what was going on than he did before, which was really fucking saying something. Replacement had, apparently, called for backup via hellhound , and now they were waiting for said backup to arrive. Jason didnāt know who the fuck was coming to help them, but honestly? They better have a way to wrap this up quickly because the Narrows couldnāt take much more of this shit.Ā
He and Tim were currently trying to corral people into the subways and off the streets. The flying robot bitch had stalled in his destruction, no longer sending stray missiles into buildings and shooting toxic green blasts at passing cars. Instead, he had opted for floating ominously in the sky, his sharp eyes scanning the horizon for something. He hung in the sky, looming over them. His presence sent chills down Jasonās spine and something about his gaze made the Lazarus Pit writhing in his veins spark and squirm. He could feel it heat up under his skin, almost as if it wasā¦excited.Ā
Ā
It made Jason feel sick.Ā
Ā
ā HOOD!ā Jason spun around at Timās shout, gun drawn and body tense. However, he came face to face with a precariously leaning billboard, the smiling face of one of Gothamās real estate agents towering over him. Jason turned to run out of the way but as he did he caught sight of a young boy, probably around 4 or 5, wandering in the streets, tears streaming down his face. And he was right under the billboard.Ā Without thinking, Jason booked it towards the boy and scooped him up in his arms. He ignored the boyās wiggling and screaming in favor of curling him into his chest to shield him with his body as the suspensions finally broke and the billboard came careening down. Jason braced himself and hoped that his body would be enough to protect the kid in his arms.Ā
Ā
But the impact never came.Ā
Ā
After a few tense moments, Jason looked up to find the billboard suspended in mid-air mere feet above his head. He let his jaw drop and his arms relax, the young boy in his arms taking his chance and booking it down the block away from Jason.Ā
āPhantom!ā Jason heard Tim shout, the figure of Red Robin entering his line of sight. Suddenly, the billboard above him began to turn in the air and Jason stumbled back. As it repositioned itself, Jason caught sight of him.Ā
Holding the billboard up was a white-haired boy in a black suit, an ethereal glow surrounding him. He was suspended in mid-air, similarly to Robo-bitch, the billboard held easily over his head as if it weighed nothing at all. He had a soft smile on his face, his white hair floating around his head. But what caused Jason to pause was his green eyes. Jason saw that color every time he closed his eyes, every time he woke up in a cold sweat, every time he got angry and felt a murderous rage creep through his body and threaten to rip out whatever was left of him. Jason knew that color. And he knew it was bad news .Ā
Ā
But then he looked at him .Ā
Ā
Burning, toxic green eyes locked onto his (Jason knew he still had his imposing, blood-red helmet on, but he couldnāt help but feel like those eyes saw right through it).Ā
And when their eyes locked? Jason felt something he hadnāt in a long time.Ā
Peace.
Notes:
Tim: You must be pretty strong
Danny: What uh nooOOooOo...
also Danny: *Is literally a global threat on a good day*
Tim: O_O
Chapter 10: Protector of The Living (Horror of The Dead)
Summary:
In which Danny doesn't actually do much but it's still more than everyone else bargained for.
Notes:
Greetings. Salutations. Welcome back. I'm so sorry (not really)
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The thing is, Jason can always feel it . Maybe his eyes arenāt green and maybe he doesnāt particularly feel like ripping someoneās throat out with his teeth and maybe he can smile but he canāt relax and he canāt sleep and he certainly cannot get rid of the whispers of death in his head. Ā
He can feel it. Hot under his skin. Pulsing in his veins like a sick imitation of his blood. Pushing in his heart, burning in his chest and his head and behind his eyes and his fingers; always itching for a trigger. He feels it spark when he gets angry. He feels it hum lowly with malice whenever he lets his knuckles get bloody and broken. He hears it whisper to him in his dreams, dark, inaudible promises and threats. Weaving itself in between his thoughts and memories. Oozing and slipping between his emotions like a snake. Promises of death. Sweet, cajoling whispers of darkness. Pleas to let it out .Ā
Ā
He doesnāt listen.Ā
Ā
It doesnāt stop.Ā
Ā
And when he first caught sight of the looming figure with blazing green hair and eyes like coals? The Pit inside him seems to become stronger. It practically screamed with excitement, writhed with anticipation.Ā
It made him bite his tongue and hold a scream of rage back between his teeth.Ā
Ā
But then, the other one came .Ā
Ā
Tim had called him Phantom.Ā
Ā
Jason called him his holy fucking grail.Ā
Ā
Because when Phantomās burning green eyes locked onto his through his helmet, the Pit practically vibrating beneath his skin went completely still.Ā
It retreated. Silenced itself. Cowarded and wriggled until it had tucked itself deep under the surface, as if it was trying to not get noticed.Ā
Ā
As if it was scared .Ā
Ā
Not scared - terrified .Ā
Ā
Jason took a better look at the kid who seemed to float
(not fly)
above him. He had a soft, sad smile and features that were almost just a bit tooā¦
angular
to be completely human. He seemed almost ethereal, in an odd way. Otherworldly. Alien in a way that Superman and Martian Manhunter were not. Elemental. Primal.
Dangerous.Ā
Where Skull Crusher (or whatever the hell his dumbass name was) radiated danger and power in a moreā¦typical fashion (one Jason was familiar with. Comfortable with.), Phantom had a sort of silent presence; a silent strength.
(Something that firmly did
not
remind him of Bruce but amplified and multiplied.)
Ā Something about him set Jason on edge. It made the hairs on the back of his neck stand up and his hackles raise. (And anything that made the malignant whispering in his head
afraid
was something Jason resolutely did
not
want to fuck with.)Ā
Jason was snapped out of his thoughts as Phantom set the billboard down with an ungodly clang. He gave Jason a strange, critical look, as if he couldn't figure out what he was. Jason shifted uncomfortably.Ā
āAre you all right?ā Phantom asked, one of his dark eyebrows quirked in concern, a worried look on his face. His voice was echoey in a way that made it a bit hard to understand him and he seemed to talk from everywhere at once, even though he was right in front of him. Jason swallowed.Ā
āPeachy, thanks,ā Jason answered, his voice feeling hollow, muscles tense. Phantom nodded but the weird look didnāt leave his face, as if he didnāt quite believe him. Nonetheless, he turned to Tim who had finally caught up to them, panting slightly from the sprint and breathing in the acidic air.Ā
āPhantom, you came,ā Tim remarked after a moment of catching his breath, as if he couldnāt really believe it. Phantomās smile turned faintly amused and he crossed his arms, still floating in midair.Ā
āOf course. I said I would.ā He replied easily, his voice seeming to hang in the air around them. Jason suppressed a shiver. Tim coughed and Jason caught the faint line of blush on his cheeks. Oh, he was so getting teased about this later.Ā
āRight, obviously. Uh, so I think we have one of yours?ā Tim told him awkwardly, wincing as he said it. Phantom narrowed his eyes.Ā
Ā
āDescribe him.āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
There was a lot about this situation that Danny wasnāt particularlyā¦ecstatic about. First of all, there were way too many things on fire. Like seriously. Calm down. Second of all, Danny wasnāt exactly sure how to feel about the, you know, terrorist standing next to him. Donāt get him wrong, Danny knew Red Hood was a complete and total badass. 10/10 could crush his windpipe and not even flinch. He would pay most of the Gotham vigilantes to kill him again because they were all really, really cool. And Red Hood walked a very fine morally grey line that Danny respected. He helped out kids and working girls and beat up mob bosses then gave their money to charity. Absolute icon energy. He had also, however, delivered a duffle bag of severed heads to the FBI.Ā
Third, and honestly most concerning, Red Hood had a metric shit ton of weird energy all around him. He was practically dripping in it, contaminated in a way Danny had never seen before. He had a substance in his body that set off Dannyās ghost sense like ectoplasm but was resolutely⦠not . It seemed⦠darker somehow. Deadlier. He didnāt know what it was but he definitely did not like it . Plus, there was also the minor concern that Dannyās ghost sense was not pinging Red Hood as a ghost, but as a literal walking corpse , so yāknow. Thatās great .Ā
And now, Red Robin was telling him that apparently one of his peanut gallery had sprung the coop and was currently responsible for the destruction all around them. He was not pleased.Ā
āDescribe him.ā Danny prompted, eyes flickering between the two vigilantes. Red Robin opened his mouth, but Hood beat him to the punch.Ā
āBig flying robot dickhead.ā Danny tilted his head, considering.Ā
āDoes he look like he crawled out of a cyberpunk army surplus or does he look like an idiot in a lab coat with dumb glasses?ā Danny asked. Red Robin balked.Ā
āThatās something you have to ask ? You have to clarify which flying robot dickhead?ā He screeched, hands flying to his hair. Danny snorted.Ā
āWhat can I say, itās a popular genre.ā Red Hood seemed to chuckle at that, although it was hard to tell through the helmet and what had to be a voice modulator.Ā
āArmy surplus,ā Hood told Danny. Danny felt his eyes burn.Ā
Ā
āSkulker.āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
Tim was going to be honest, he wasnāt really expecting Phantom to come, especially not as fast as he did. The ghost could have been all the way around the world of all Tim knew. Hell, he could have been in an entirely different plane of reality. And yet, here he was, concern on his face and a hard look in his eyes.Ā
He was just as otherworldly looking as Tim remembered him being. Eyes and features sharp, hair floating above his head in a white halo, only an inch or two taller than Tim, and still looking so, so sad. There was a deep, heavy kind of sadness to Phantom. Something in his eyes and the way he held himself. It was a sorrow Tim couldn't really describe. He had seen a similar weight resting on the shoulders of the likes of Superman and Martian Manhunter; some of the last of their entire species, races, people, planets . Tim couldnāt help but wonder what that made Phantom.Ā
āHow long has he been here? Did he say what he wanted?ā Phantom asked, toxic green eyes flickering between Tim and Jason.Ā
āYelled something about a āwelpā and being impatient. Heās been here about an hour and done a shit ton of damage. Itād be a goddamn miracle of no oneās dead.ā Jason supplied with a shrug of his shoulders. Phantom gained a dangerous glint in his eyes and Tim resisted the urge to take a step back.Ā
āStay here. Iāll deal with him.ā Phantom supplied darkly, before shooting off into the sky. Tim and Jason shared a look before scrambling up the nearest rooftop, eyes trained on the horizon line.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
āWELP!ā Jason couldnāt hold back his flinch as Robo-Bitchās voice boomed across the Narrows. The sound grated on Jasonās ears, like the sound of tearing of metal. Beside him, Tim suppressed a shudder. Skulker was, in a word, terrifying . Next to him, Phantom lookedā¦small. Really small.Ā
Ā
āS̶ĢĢĢĢĢĢĶk̵ĢĶĢĢĢĢĢ©ĶĶĶĶ̼Ģ̪̮̄ĶuĢ“Ģ¾Ķ ĢĶ ĢĶĢĶ̨̮̄l̶̽ĢĢĶĢĶĶkĢ·ĶĶĶĢĢŖĢĶeĢ·ĢĢĢĢĶĢĶĶĢ ĢĢæĢrĢ“ĢĢĢĶĢĶĢĢ„Ķ ĶĢāĀ
Ā
Jason froze. In his peripheral, he saw Tim do the same. Skulker, it seemed, was also caught off guard by Phantomās suddenā¦tonal(?) shift. When he spoke it seemed to reverberate on the buildings around them. The air seemed to become heavier and suddenly Phantom didnāt seem so small anymore. Sure, he didnāt change physically, but Jason had been doing threat recognition and assessment since he could walk, and Phantom was clearly the more dangerous player on the field. And it looked like Skulker knew it too.Ā
ā...Ghost Child?ā The enormous monster in front of them asked, seeming almost hesitant. Phantom didnāt waste another second. In the blink of an eye, Skulker was in a crevice in the middle of the road and Phantom was pinning him, eyes blazing a dangerous shade of green. The Pit inside Jason stayed eerily quiet.Ā
āW̵ĢĶhĢ·ĶĢy̶Ķ̳ ĢøĢĶaĢ“Ģ̲rĢ·ĢĶe̶ĢĢ ĢøĶ̼yĢøĶĶoĢ·ĢĶuĢ·Ģ̲ ĢøĢ Ģ„h̶ĢĢȩ̷r̶ĢĶeĢ·ĢĢ¢,̶ĢĢ® Ģ“ĶĢ SĢøĶĢkĢ·ĶĢu̶ĶĢ¢lĢøĢĶkĢ·ĢĢ£eĢ·Ģ̤rĢøĢĶ?ĢøĢĢā Phantom growled. The robot monster beneath him shifted as if he was trying to break free but couldnāt. (A deep part of Jasonās mind thought the scene would have been funny if Phantom wasnāt currently being the most terrifying creature he had ever met.)Ā
āBecause Gotham reeks of you, Ghost Child, ā The monster spits out, eyes full of rage. āExpanding your haunt are you, Welp? You donāt already have enough?ā Phantom pushed down harder, the cracks in the surrounding concrete growing.Ā
āThatās what you donāt understand, Skulker,ā Phantom growled out, his voice returning to its regular level of echo. Beneath him, Skulker finally broke free, throwing Phantom off of him and joining him in the air. And although he loomed over Phantomās slim form, Jason couldnāt help but shudder at the realization that Phantom was the far greater threat. If Skulker could level the Narrows in less than an hour⦠what the hell was Phantom capable of?Ā
āEnlighten me.ā Skulker barked out, shooting off a missile at Phantom, who cast a green shield that easily absorbed the blast. A feral-like grin lit up Phantomās face. Jason stepped back.Ā
Ā
āItās not about power, Skulker. Itās about tĢ·ĢĢØĶh̶ĢĶĶe̶ĢĶĢm̵ĢĢ„ā Skulker paused at his, hesitation and fear becoming painfully obvious on his skull-like face.Ā
Ā
ā...What?ā He asked and Jason could swear he almost choked on his words. Phantom floated closer to him, leveling himself off so he was glaring down at Skulker. His eyes seemed to burn and his features seemed to distort themselves, becoming less visible, less distinguishable. More static than person.Ā
āThatās right, Skulker,ā Phantom said patronizingly. Skulker seemed to shrink in on himself. Phantom had crowded Skulker back down to the ground, the robot man on his feet, Phantom hanging in the air above him. Green fire seemed to drip from his palms and his hair seemed to move in a flame-like manner. His white glow had intensified and cast haunting shadows all around the street, flickering and shifting ominously out of the corner of his eye.
Jason couldnāt help but feel like he was being watched.
Ā
āI̶ĢĶĶĢĶĢĢĶĢĢĢĶĢĢĢĢĶĢĢ̢̧̹̮̔ĢĢ«ĢĶĶĶĢ'ĢøĶĶĶĢ̹ĢĢĢĢĶĢØĢ£ĶĢ«ĶĢĢ®mĢ·ĶĶĢĢĢĢĢĢ̧ĢĢ£ĶĶĶĢ£ĶĢØĢ ĢĢ²Ģ Ķ Ģ“ĢĢĶĢĶĶĢĶĶĢĶĶĢĢĶĶĢĶĶ̲̱Ķ̳Ģ̼ĢĶ̳̺h̵ĶĢĢ ĶĶĶĢĢ̺̻̳̣ĶĢ”ĶĢ„Ģ̧eĢ·ĶĶ̾ĶĢĢĢĢĶĢĶĢĢĢĶĢĶĶ̤̬̄ĢĢ£Ģ ĶĢĶrĢ“ĶĶĢ̽ĶĢ̤̔ĢĶĢ®Ģe̶ĢĶĶĢĢĢĶĶĢĢ̧̢̄ Ģ“ĶĢĢĶ ĢĶĶ ĶĢĶ ĶĶ̹̤̲Ķ̹̱fĢ·ĶĶĢĶĢĶĶĶĶ̽ĶĶĢĢĶĶĢĶ̦̔Ķ̮̱ĢĶo̶ĢĢĶĢĶĶĢĶĢĶĶĢĢĢĢĢĶ ĢĶ̻̻ĶĢĶ Ģ„ĶrĢ·ĶĶĢĢĶĢĢĶĶĢĶĶĶĶ̼ĢĶĶ̨̻ĢĢ¤Ģ¢Ķ Ģ·ĶĶĶĢĢĶĶĢ̳ĶĢ¹ĢÆĶ ĶĢ ĢĢĢŖtĢµĶ ĢĶĢæĢĢ̽ĶĶĶĢĢĶĢĶĶ̨̹̰ĢĶĢŖĢ ĶĢ®Ķ̦Ģ̹Ķh̵ĢĶĢĢĢĶĢĢĢĶĢĶĶĢĢĶĢ®ĶĢ̢̰ĶĶĢĢĶ̢̨̬̻eĢøĢĢĶĢĶ̦ĢĶĢmĢøĢĢĶĢĶĶ.ĢøĢĢĢĢĶĢĢ̲̼ĶĢĢŗĢ»ĢĶĶ̰ā
For one suffocating moment, all Jason could feel was
death
. The air seemed to press down around him,
crush
into him. He felt his lungs seize and the shadows writhing in the corners seemed to stretch and grow with anticipation. Phantomās glow was almost blindingly bright now, his general figure distorted into something Jason couldnāt quite picture (
something he wasnāt sure he wanted to
). The air filled with the distinct smell of ozone and for a split second, Jason swore he had died again because all he could feel was pure, unadulterated
terror
.Ā
Ā
And then the pressure released. And Jason gasped for air. The glow surrounding Phantom had dulled to its previous, angel-like quality. His hair moved normally and his expression was visible again. He seemed bored and unamused. Jason shuddered .Ā
āLeave, Skulker. Go back to the Zone. TheĀ Ģ“V̵iĢøvĢøa̶nĢøtĢ“a̶ ̵AĢøvĢ·iĢ“aĢ“dĢ·i̵lĢ·oĢø is under my protection. You better hope the people here are alright.ā Skulker nodded vigorously, rising from the ground and turning to fly off. Before he did, however, he paused, turning back to face Phantom.Ā
āI apologize, Ghost Child. I⦠misread your intentions here. I never meant to interfere with your obsession.ā And with that, Skulker vanished into thin air. Phantom turned back to where Tim and Jason were perched on the roof.Ā
Ā
The Pit remained quiet.
Ā
Notes:
haha. feels bad doesn't it. Things are getting spicy yall. See you guys next week and thanks for reading :) <3
Ā
**For anyone that had a hard time reading the ghost speak:
1) Skulker
2) Why are you here, Skulker?
3) them.
4) I'm here for them.
5) Vivanta Aviadilo
Chapter 11: The Line Between Sinner and Saint (Is A Thin One At Best)
Summary:
In which the squad returns to a familiar scene
Notes:
Yes hello welcome back happy wednesday I hope you all had a good 2's day yesterday. To start with, YES Aviadilo means airplane. But it looks prettier than all the other ones and I do what I want. >:( anyway is this fic turning into danny/tim? maybe. I don't know. Don't ask me questions I don't have the answers to. Who do you people think I am? A bitch with a plotline?? Think again. It very easily COULD be. I hint at it a bit more in this chapter than other ones but you still actually have to squint. Let me know in the comments. my heart is leaning towards "Yes, do it you coward" but my head is leaning towards "H, honey, sweetheart, you don't write fluff this isn't going to wORK-". But yk. I'd be willing to try. Anyway, see y'all at the bottom.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
āWe donāt know who or what exactly Phantom is, but the painting called for the summoning of several beings titled The Deathless Lord, The Infinite King, The Bloody Tyrant, and The Keeper of The End. We donāt know if Phantom is any of these beings or if he was simply summoned on accident, but we do know that, whatever the case may be, he is far more powerful than he looks.ā
Ā
The Deathless Lord.Ā
Ā
The Infinite King.Ā
Ā
The Bloody Tyrant.Ā
Ā
The Keeper of The End.Ā
Ā
Tim looked down at the softly glowing figure of Phantom. He looked down at the crater in the ground. The web of cracks in the concrete. The darkened scorch marks from where flames had dripped from Phantomās hands. The faint smell of ozone and death still permeating the air. He watched as Phantom floated up to meet them, staying at the edge of the roof, eyes cast to the side, trying to seem indifferent but betraying himself as nervous. He watched Jason take a step back out of the corner of his eye. (He thought about the boy with the strawberry milkshake and the sad smile and the corny puns and the promise of protection to a little girl he didnāt know.)Ā
Tim clapped his hands together and forced his shoulders to relax.
Ā
āSo. Pancakes?āĀ
Ā
(Jason looked at him like had lost his mind.
The smile Phantom gave him was worth it.
)Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
ā Why am I in a Dennyās right now?ā Jason whisper/hissed to his brother who was pressed against his side in the too-small booth.Ā
āBecause itās tradition,ā Tim hissed back. Jason suppressed a scream of rage.
āOne, I donāt know what that fucking means. Two, that is not what I meant and you know it.ā He hissed again. Tim shot him a glare and flicked his menu open, studying it with faux enthusiasm.Ā
Phantom sat across from them, green eyes flickering between the two of them, face looking one part amused one part apprehensive. They sat like that for another few tense minutes; Jason glaring at Phantom from across the table, Phantom avoiding his gaze nervously, and Tim ignoring both of them in favor of studying the same page of the menu. Finally, Jason had enough.Ā
āHey, Replacement, were you ever going to introduce me to your friend?ā Jason grit out through his teeth. Tim looked up at that, the tips of his ears dusting pink. He coughed and cleared his throat. Jason rolled his eyes.Ā
āRight, Hood, this is Phantom. He is a ghost. Phantom, this is Red Hood, he is a serial killer,ā Tim introduced blandly, gesturing to each of them loosely. Jason smacked him on the back of his head. Phantom let out a soft laugh. Jason turned back to him.Ā
āWhatās so funny, Captain Gregg?ā If anything, that just seemed to make Phantom laugh harder. There is something about his laugh that was airy and light. It echoed around the brightly lit diner, filling the space and bouncing off the walls but not in the haunting way Jason would expect. It wasā¦clear. Bell-like. Weird.Ā
āIām sorry,ā Phantom finally said, taking in a deep breath to calm himself down. āThat just seems like an intro to a fantastically bad joke. āA ghost, a serial killer, and a vigilante walk into a Dennyāsā also, Captain Gregg? Really? Thatās a new one. I didnāt peg you for a Turner Classic Movies fan.ā Jason grinned at that.Ā
āHow about that. A ghost watching ghost movies.ā Phantom returned his grin.Ā
āIām dead, not uncultured,ā he snarked easily.Ā Ā
Tim buried his head in his arms and groaned.Ā
āOh god, not another one. If I have to suffer through one more black and white horror movie Iāll have to rent out a room at Arkham,ā Tim complained, voice still muffled by his arms and the table. Jason laughed again. Phantomās eyes widened.Ā
āWait, wait wait. If Iām Captain Gregg, whoās Lucy?ā Jason just laughed harder.Ā
Ā
The Pit stayed silent.Ā
š¢Ā
Ā
Danny wasnāt like, 100% sure what was going on, but he hadnāt been run out of the city by an angry Red Robin and/or Batman and he was getting pancakes out of this deal. Overall? Solid 9/10. Plus, he didnāt have to be home with a poisoned birthday cake and his overbearing parents.Ā
Ā
Was he sitting across from a mass murderer and one of the worldās greatest detectives? Yes. Was he going to complain about it? No; only idiots complained about getting free pancakes. Which lead him to his current dilemma. Were the vigilantes across from him just⦠not going to mention what just happened? Danny wasnāt an idiot. His ghost form may look mostly human but he knew that even the untrained eye could catch weird things about him. Not to mention the fact that he tended to get⦠distorted whenever he got particularly angry. Sam told him it was like his features got blurred out with static, like bad security footage and camera flare. Tucker told him it was terrifying. He could tell by their carefully guarded expressions that they had questions and he didnāt blame them. It wasnāt as if he and Skulker had any amazing showdown but any ghost fight was still scary to someone outside Amity. Besides, Skulker was fairly intimidating, even compared to most ghosts. Most of them just looked creepy. Skulker, on the other hand, made a very specific point to look downright dangerous .Ā
Dannyās musing were cut short by Red Robin. It seemed the teenager had finally decided to bite the proverbial bullet and ask what was on his mind. (Danny was glad. He didnāt think he could take much more of the awkward hesitation surrounding the young hero.)Ā
āPhantom, can I ask you a couple of questions? You can say no, of course.ā Red Robin rushed to add, hands moving in front of him as if he was already preparing to placate Danny. (Danny couldnāt see through Red Hoodās helmet, but he was certain he was rolling his eyes.)Ā
āSure,ā Danny respond as he shrugged. Red Robin still seemed hesitant, but pushed on regardless.Ā
āYou said something. In your fight with that ghost. You said āThe Vivanta Aviadilo is under my protectionā.Ā What does that meanā¦exactly?ā The vigilante winced, as if he asked something he wasnāt supposed to. Danny made a point to keep his posture relaxed.Ā
ā Vivanta Aviadilo is Esperanto for āLiving Planeā. Itās just the ghost term for the mortal realm,ā Danny explained easily.Ā
āAnd youā¦protect it? All of it?ā Red Robin asked skeptically. Danny paused to think.Ā
āWell. I donāt really protect the world , per se,ā Danny started, rubbing the back of his neck nervously. How the hell was he going to explain this without 1) sounding like a total nut job, 2) exposing himself and his human half, 3) revealing his obsession or worse, option 4) all of the above? He sighed.Ā
āYou know how I told you that the Ghost Zone is the flip side of this dimension?ā Danny asked. Red Robin nodded. Red Hood looked a bit confused but seemed content to let the conversation play out and ask his questions at the end.Ā
āWell,ā Danny started, āif something really bad happens in this dimension, bad things happen to the Zone and vice versa. Specifically, if a ghost causes enough problems here or humans cause enough problems in the Zone, things can get kinda⦠wacky .ā Red Hood seemed to narrow his eyes.Ā
āWhat exactly do you mean wacky ?ā He asked, his voice harsh. (Danny refrained from flinching. These people were so scary .)Ā
āOh, wellā¦you knowā¦the collapse of the timeline and general structure of the universe along with an inelastic collision on a dimensional scale?ā Danny finished weakly, his voice upturned at the end as if he was asking a question. The two vigilantes across from him seemed to have frozen at a loss for words. Red Robin was the first to recover.Ā
āAnd you justā¦what? Casually stop this from happening all the time?ā Red Robin asked. Danny tried to hold back a wince.Ā
āItās more Iā¦keep the balance between the two. Most ghosts that come through couldnāt cause a significant problem. Skulker can cause a lot of property damage, but he isnāt a time-stream-ending threat. Those ghosts tend to stay out of the living realm. It just isnāt worth it to them. Plus, most ghosts know better . If they ended reality, theyād be screwed too. The problem comes from when humans start trying to figure out what ghosts like Skulker are. People get curious and I donāt think I need to explain to you that human curiosity doesnāt have much in the way of limits.ā Red Robin nodded, catching onto his train of thought.Ā
āSo you fight the ghosts before people have a chance to ask questions. You keep them under the radar and out of the way,ā Red Robin theorized confidently. Danny made a so-so motion with his hand, taking a sip of his lemonade.Ā
āIt is that, butā¦I donāt like it when people get hurt because of ghosts. Most ghosts, they donāt realize that they are hurting people. It just doesnāt compute for them. Ghosts are driven primarily by emotion. Itās all they are. And most often, those emotions are either angry, scared, betrayed, or all three. They lash out and they donāt recognize that they are becoming responsible for causing the same pain that they feel. Thereās a certain amount of apathy that comes from being dead.āĀ
š¢Ā
Ā
āSo what does that make you then?ā Jason growled at the glowing kid across the table from him. He didnāt particularly mean to be brash and abrasive. But damn if those words didnāt seem personal as hell. Angry, scared, and betrayed basically summed up Jasonās entire existence when he first crawled out of the Pit. He did lash out. He did hurt people. And he didnāt care . Was he really no better than the monster that had terrorized the Narrows just half an hour ago? Was he really just mindless destruction and rage and pain? Phantom, however, seemed largely unbothered by his harsh tone and bitter words.Ā
Ā
āDonāt worry,ā he responded coyly. āIām plenty dead and Iāve had my fair share of hurt and angry. I am a teenager after all.ā Phantom had a cheeky grin on his face but Jason felt like he had just been sucker-punched in the throat. Because Phantom really was a teenager. He looked around 16 or 17, not much older than Jason had been when he had died. But Jason was only dead for 6 months. And Phantom didnāt get to come back. He was stuck. Who knows how long he had been dead. Did Phantom have people to mourn him? People who knew him when he was still alive? People to miss him?Ā
āSo why was Skulker here?ā Tim cut in, jarring Jason out of his thoughts. Phantom seemed a bit sheepish at that, rubbing the back of his neck in what had to be a nervous tick. Jason knew the ghost couldnāt see it, but that didnāt stop him from raising an eyebrow under his helmet.Ā
āI have something of a⦠unique ecto signature. Makes it easy for other ghosts to track me. Skulker likes to hunt me down; itās a game for him. Gotham doesnāt have much ambient ectoplasm to begin with so when I came to help Constance it was pretty much like putting up a gigantic āIām Hereā sign for ghosts to see,ā Phantom finished, wincing. āSorry about that, by the way. I should have expected he would try to follow where I was going.ā Jason narrowed his eyes at Phantomās explanation.Ā
āSo, what? Are more ghosts just going to keep popping up here looking for you?ā He asked. He saw what one ghost did to his city. He didnāt want to come close to finding out what would happen if more decided to join the party. Phantom, however, shook his head resolutely.Ā
āNo. Skulker was only here out of spite. He thought I was trying to make a power play,ā Phantom explained, narrowing his eyes, a hard look overtaking his features. āHe was wrong,ā Phantom declared, looking into Jasonās helmet, his burning green eyes seeming to cut right past his covered eyes.Ā
āIf they know whatās good for them, theyāll stay the hell out of Gotham. And if they donātā Phantom said, a grin splitting his face, his eyes seeming to glow brighter. āThen theyāll deal with me. āĀ
Ā
š¢Ā
Ā
āThis whole mess with Skulker is half the reason I didnāt want to get on the Justice Leagueās radar,ā Phantom bemoaned, throwing his head back in exasperation on his side of the booth. Tim could sympathize with his dilemma. He knew how Bruce and the others could get when they didnāt have all the answers. Hell, he knew how he could get. But this wasnāt some 20-year-old cold case they could poke and prod as much as they wanted. If they dug too far into ghosts, they could end up causing all kinds of problems. And if they cast their attention into ghosts, then it would only be a matter of time before the likes of Lex Luthor and other dangerous people got the same idea.Ā Ā
āAnd the other half?ā Jason asked beside him. Phantom shot him a flat look.Ā
āWould you like to have the entire history of you and your peopleās existence put under a bat-shaped microscope and scrutinized by the literal Justice League?ā Phantom asked blandly, one dark eye brown raised in question. Jason seemed to consider this for a moment, before humming in acquiescence. Tim turned to Phantom.Ā
āWell, we canāt exactly keep āGhost Attacks the Narrowsā off the front-page headlines. Even if we could bury the press everyone on planet Earth has a cellphone. Thereās bound to be videos of what just happened and I personally donāt feel like bugging every person in Gothamās phone,ā Tim stated, Jason nodding along.Ā
āBesides,ā Jason began, popping an onion ring into his mouth, having removed his hood a while ago, a domino mask still covering his face. āThis is all assuming that Daddy-bats doesnāt already know. Which is super fuckinā unlikely.ā Phantom just groaned again.Ā
āOkay,ā Phantom said after a moment of silence. He ran a gloved hand through his white hair, brow furrowed in thought. āVideos of me tend to get a little screwed up to begin with so that has to count for something.ā Tim nodded.
āYeah. Batman has been driving himself up the wall analyzing the footage of you from the Watchtower. But since your features are all distorted, he canāt get a positive facial ID. Iām betting the same thing will happen with any video he pulls from this disaster.ā Tim supplied. Phantom looked up at him, green eyes shining.Ā
āIf he canāt a facial ID off me, then he canāt find me,ā Phantom declared, a grin growing on his face.Ā
āOh yeah? Heās Batman. You would have to disappear off the face of the Earth, hell, the solar system. Satellite Watchtower, remember?ā Jason scoffed, disbelieving. The devilish grin on Phantomās face grew into something a bit more smug.Ā
āWhat? Like this?ā And just like that, Phantom was completely gone. Tim immediately stiffened. He leaned over the table and looked down at Phantomās side of the booth. No indents in the seat. No disruption in the air. Not even the sound of soft breathing. Tim waved his hand through the area; hitting nothing at all.Ā
āHoly shit,ā Jason breathed out. Suddenly, Phantom reappeared, Timās hand halfway through Phantomās chest. He yelped and retracted quickly, his hand feeling cold and numb. Phantom laughed.Ā
Ā
āIām a ghost, remember? Invisibility and intangibility come as part of the starter pack. I can completely vanish from the human plane of perception at any moment. Not to mention, plane of existence. Realm of the dead, remember? If Batman even gets close I can just go where he canāt follow; not easily, anyway,ā Phantom supplied, a cheshire grin still splitting his face. Jason seemed sold, but Tim wasnāt convinced.Ā
āYou said not easily, so he could follow?ā Phantom pulled a face.Ā
āI mean, he could always, you know, die , and hope he becomes a ghost, but I think thatās a little extreme. He could try and find a natural portal, but he has a much higher chance of getting lost in the time stream and/or dying and, again, seems a little extreme. So yeah. He could , but like I said: not easily.ā Phantom crossed his arms, a challenging look on his face, as if he dared Tim to come up with another way. (Tim didnāt have one.)Ā
āAlright,ā Tim sighed, raking two gloved hands down his face. āSeems like you could possibly, maybe, hypothetically , be in the clear. Hood and I wonāt mention anything.āĀ
āHey, donāt speak for me, Replacement,ā Jason barked out next to him. Tim raised his eyebrows, thoroughly unimpressed.Ā
āDo you want to willingly tell Batman the truth ?ā Tim asked in a bland tone.Ā
āAbso-fuckin-lutly not. Count me in, I love lying to Bats.ā Jason respond. Phantom smiled. Suddenly, his green eyes widened in realization, as if he had a great idea.Ā
āOh! I know, okay,ā Phantom began excitedly. āSo, obviously, Cujo is pretty fast but he isnāt exactly great for emergencies or, you know, talking . However , I do happen to have a couple of human friends here and there, good for maintaining the balance between dimensions and all that.ā Phantom explained with a wave of his hand.Ā
āOf course, as one does,ā Jason said, nodding along in fake seriousness.Ā
āRight,ā Phantom continued, snapping a finger at Jason in agreement. āRed Robin, you mentioned earlier that everyone on Earth has a cell phone. Well you, my avian-inspired friend, would be correct. Thatās right ladies and gentlemen, the dead have WiFi!ā Phantom exclaimed, pulling a beat-up-looking cell phone out from somewhere in his suit.Ā
āAnd you gave me a dog whistle before, why?ā Tim asked, exasperated. Honestly. If he could have just texted Phantom this whole time, that would have been so much better. Phantom shrugged.Ā
āI donāt know how you people work. What if you just tracked the number the minute I gave it to you? My human friend in Illinois doesnāt need the entire Justice League at their door just because they agreed to give me their old phone. But now, I have faith in you. Because weāre close like that.ā Phantom explained. Tim raised his eyebrows and looked between Jason and Phantom.Ā
āWe are?ā He asked.Ā
āSure,ā Phantom nodded. āGhost attacks bring people together. Call it a bonding moment.ā Tim sighed. If Bruce ever found out about this he was going to be in so much trouble.Ā
āIām bored and you seem like a danger magnet, so Iām inā Jason shrugged. Phantom turned his eyes to Tim, big green and hopeful.Ā
āWhat the hell, okay.ā Tim relented.Ā
Ā
Phantom cheered.Ā
Ā
Tim smiled.
Notes:
don't worry the texting thing is going to be minimal I just needed them to be able to communicate sans Cujo and also I think text fics are really funny and I am obviously hilarious so this is perfect. many of your questions regarding the Vivanta Aviadilo thing have finally been answered. yay. Don't worry, all the other answers come later. They are there I didn't forget about them, Hakuna your tattas. How was the very small slivering taste of Danny/Tim? Yes? No? I think the pairing would be Danny/Tim if I did write one bc in this fic I peg Jason at like. 20ish and Damian at like. 11. So Tim is the only age-appropriate one. Unrelated but important note, I really do read all of the comments even though I only respond to a few and y'all are so nice??? Thank you?? They truly do make my day 1000%. Anyway. yeah see you next wednesday or...perhaps...a bonus chapter on sunday....maybe. :)
Chapter 12: And May We Walk Together (Till The End of The Road)
Summary:
In which Danny sets some plans in motion; for better or worse.
Notes:
bonus chapter bc I felt like it. A new player has entered the game. Also why did no one tell me I could change the update year to a ridiculous number?? this was in fact published in 1950.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Group Chat Created
xxx-xxx-xxxx was renamed to phantom
xxx-xxx-xxxx was renamed to HoodĀ
xxx-xxx-xxxx was renamed to RR
Group Chat was renamed to āif you tell batman you lose the gameā by phantomĀ
Ā
if you tell batman you lose the gameĀ
Ā
RR: Goddamnit
Ā
Hood: Is it too late to leave?Ā
Ā
phantom: yes <3
Ā
RR: I cannot believe you just did that
Ā
phantom: believe itĀ
Ā
RR: Can you even comprehend how long I had been playing?
Ā
phantom: given that i have historical proof that i am older than your entire bloodline yesĀ
Ā
phantom: yes i canĀ
Ā
Hood: Wait, what?Ā
Ā
Hood: Define āHistorical proofā.Ā
Ā
phantom: *Image Attachment*Ā
Ā
phantom: ID: *Picture is of a stone mosaic located in the Ancient Egypt exhibit in the British Museum. The mosaic details a figure dressed in black and white with distinctly green eyes and white hair riding on a chariot, a symbol on his chest vaguely resembles the capital English letter āDā. The figure is trailing after another figure with blue skin, white clothing, black hair, and red eyes, who is also riding on a chariot. Between the two, there are streaks of pink and green color.* End ID.Ā
Ā
Hood: Holy fucking shit.Ā
Ā
RR: I like how you just had that ready. Like. On command.Ā
Ā
phantom: im just cool like thatĀ
Hood:
Phantom, if you really are thousands of years old, why are you typing like a 13 year old girl with an āaestheticsā issue? Just use punctuation like a functional person.Ā
Ā
phantom: seeing as i am older than punctuation id say i can do whatever i wantĀ
Ā
RR: Fair enough.Ā
Ā
Hood: Do you seriously use the āIām older than youā argument for everything?Ā
Ā
phantom: pretty much yeah i usually win most of my arguments so id say its working outĀ
Ā
RR: Wait! If you were alive during Ancient Egypt you can answer one of historyās greatest mysteries. So. Phantom. What caused the collapse of the Bronze Age?
Ā
phantom: atlantis
Ā
RR: I fucking knew it
Ā
Hood: You are such a fucking nerd.Ā
Ā
RR: You say as if you arenātĀ
Ā
Hood: Fuck off.Ā
Ā
phantom: o_o
Ā
š¢
Ā
Was giving his phone number to two vigilantes in direct correlation to the very man trying to find him a bad idea? Probably but Danny had a Ph.D. in bad ideas and so far, most things had worked out. Besides. Keep your enemies close, right? He was working long-term. Big goals. Red Hood and Red Robin were pretty cool and he didnāt think they would intentionally out him to the big bad Bat, but come on. Itās Batman . He wasnāt the Worldās Greatest Detective for nothing. He would find him. It was just a matter of when.Ā
However, if Danny managed to befriend some of Batmanās proteges and they could vouch for him as, you know, not evil incarnate, then he would probably get a little bit of leeway (and he was gonna need as much as he could get). Plus, he could be selective with what he told Hood and Red Robin. He could pick and choose what to omit and what to reveal. For example, he wasnāt actually several thousands of years old. But he did have proof that he was (thank you, time travel). If he could cement in their minds that he was a millennia-old being then any chance of them finding out his human identity went out the window. The fewer people that knew he was only half dead, the better. Because the more people that knew, the more chance that the Idiots in White would find out. Or worse, his parents. Ā
It was a fine line to walk, and he felt a little bad for lying to his new (friends?) acquaintances. But his afterlife was more important than if he hurt a couple of feelings. His real friends were more important than if he burned a couple of bridges. In another life, maybe Danny could have been
real
friends with Red Robin and Red Hood. In another life, maybe he could have been close allies with the Justice League. In another life, maybe Danny could have been a real hero. But in this life? He knows what happens to them if he gets involved. He knows what he could do to them.
What he did to them.
Ā
Danny didnāt like to talk about Dan. Hell, he didnāt even like to think about him. It had taken him almost a year to talk to Sam, Tucker, and Jazz about what had happened in Nasty Burger. Tell them about why he so adamantly refused to let anyone even mention the name Dan. Why sometimes he woke up screaming and terrified. Begging for someone to take him out. Pleading for someone to stop him .
Because Danny couldnāt do it. Danny couldnāt do it. Danny couldnāt stop himself from turning into a monster and he had proof because Dan still existed. He still was trapped in that thermos in Clockworkās tower, fighting his temporary prison. Biding his time. Waiting for Danny to complete the time loop and turn back into him.Ā
Ā
Iām still here. You still turn into me.
Ā
Dan didnāt care about balance. He didnāt care about people or ghosts. He killed cause it was fun. He leveled cities because he wanted to. He tortured and abused and manipulated. He brought the Justice League to their knees and then shot them in the head, executionerās style.Ā He was angry. And hurt. And scared. And betrayed.Ā
āSo what does that make you then?ā Red Hood had growled at him. Danny had tried to stay calm. Tried to remain unaffected. Because Danny had more than his fair share of hurt and angry. The only difference was when Skulker was in pain he lashed out and leveled a building. When Danny was in pain he destroyed the world.Ā
So Danny protected the living. He protected the dead. He maintained the balance that Dan never tried to. He talked with ghosts. He played with shades. He helped lost souls find their way home and he walked little kids home from school and young women home from work. He opened his heart and let himself feel because Dan didnāt feel anything but rage and Danny would rather take his joy with his heartbreak than allow himself to be blinded by pain and betrayal. Danny tried to laugh loudly and smile brightly and care about people. And Danny would do anything to protect the people he cared about.Ā
Ā
Because Danny knew what would happen if he lost them.
Danny knew what happened when he stopped caring
.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
āI thought dark and gloomy was supposed to be my thing.āĀ
Valerie turned her head to glance at Phantom. He was floating a few feet behind her, hanging easily in the air as if gravity just didnāt apply to him. (He told her one time that it didnāt.) She was sitting on the roof of the Observatory, eyes sweeping over the town of Amity Park which lay at the base of Observation Hill.Ā
āYouāre too glowy for that, Ghostboy,ā she snarked easily. Phantom took her response for the invitation it was, sitting next to her on the cold metal. Her and Phantom certainly had aā¦rough start. But that was almost 2 years ago now. They werenāt exactly partners, but they did their best to watch each otherās backs. They had both done it alone for long enough. It was good to know that she had some backup in this fucked up town. Even if he was dead.Ā
Robin had Batman. Speedy had Green Arrow. Superboy had Superman. Kid Flash has the Flash. Wonder Girl had Wonder Woman. All these other heroes had communities around them. Whole clans and families of heroes. The Bats and Birds, the Arrows, the Wonders, the Speedsters, the Lanterns, the Supers. They had networks and comm channels and an Oracle and a whole goddamn satellite .Ā
Ā
Phantom and her? They only had each other. And for a long time, Phantom didnāt even have that.Ā
Ā
They sat like that for a long while. Silent. Watching.Ā
Ā
āI think youāre the only person in the world who could take me out,ā Phantom said out of the blue, breaking the still quiet they had been comfortably maintaining. Valerie resisted the urge to go ā of course I could, who do you think I am ?ā but there was a weight to Phantomās voice that he didn't usually have. So she stayed quiet and listened. He sighed.Ā
āIāve got the Justice League poking their nose into my shit,ā Phantom stated, voice bitter and resigned. Valerie felt her eyes widen. He turned to look at her, piercing green eyes looking past her helmet and into her own. She stayed quiet.Ā
āAnd that means eventually they're gonna start poking their nose into yours,ā Phantom said, tone final. She nodded and swallowed down her anxiety.Ā
āThanks for the heads up, Spooky, but I think I can take care of myself.āĀ
āI know you can, Red. Thatās why Iām giving you the heads up. Things are probably gonna start getting weird around here.ā
āThis townās always been weird, Spooky. We eat weird for breakfast, lunch, and dinner,ā she scoffed. Phantom gave her a small smile at that.Ā
āIām serious though, Red. Iāve got Batman and an occult magic wielder breathing down my neck. I canāt think of many scenarios where this ends picture perfect.ā Phantom told her.Ā
āShit,ā She breathed out. The Justice League in general was bad news. Bad news for them, bad news for Amity, bad news for the Zone. For three years Amity had been ground zero for spectral activity. The world had almost ended no less than 5 times and ghosts had always been at the very heart of the problem. And what had the Justice League done about it? Jackshit. Undergrowth, Nocturne, Vortex, Aargon, Pariah, Fright Knight. All these ghosts could have ended the world and who had to stop them? Phantom. Her. Manson. Foley. Four teenagers, only one of which had powers, against planet-ending threats, and what the fuck had the Justice League done? Nothing. Amity vanishes off the face of the earth for 4 days and it doesnāt even make the 9 oāclock news. Maybe the first couple times they didnāt notice but at this point, they simply must not care. They had hundreds of members. Adults. Real heroes . And who had to save the world? A bunch of traumatized teenagers, one of whom is already dead.Ā
But Batman in particular was cause for concern. The rest of the League had powers but Batman was just a guy with fancy tools. And any mortal who could run with gods and not trip was someone Valerie had to be wary of. He had to be creative and tenacious in the way the other Leaguers just didnāt have to be. She would know. Sheād gone toe to toe with gods too.Ā
āTheyāre poking a beehive with a stick, Red. Messing with dark magic shit. Iām on their radar now. Itās only a matter of time before Iām on their enemies' too.ā And that was an angle that Valerie hadnāt considered. Sheād seen what happened when Phantom had been under Freakshowās control. The League had enemies much, much, more dangerous than the likes of him. And Phantom was a lot stronger than he used to be. She almost didnāt want to think about it. Because fuck. That would be bad. Really bad. She looked over at Phantom, catching the dark grimace on his face. He knew it too. She looked back out at Amity. Her town. Her home. It was dangerous and messy and much more than it let on but it was hers. It had survived without the Justice League.They had survived without the Justice League. Well. She glanced at the ghost to her right. Most of them anyway. Ā
āWhat do you need me to do?ā She asked, eyes staying firm on the horizon line over her town.Ā
āI need you to be ready,ā Phantom said after a few moments. He spoke quietly in a tone that Valerie had only heard once before.Ā
āYouāre the only one in the world who can take me out, Red. I need you to be ready to stop me.ā There was another moment that passed between them, tension thick in the air. The chill of the night seemed just a little bit colder. āBy any means necessary.ā Phantom concluded, his voice grave. Valerie could have played it off. Could have laughed and boasted about how she could deal with a ghost like him any day of the week. Could have made some cheesy promise about she would catch him before he fell. How she wouldnāt have to take him down because he was stronger than that or whatever other kind of bullshit response her mind could come up with. But Valerie Gray didnāt do bullshit. And she knew what Phantom was capable of. She knew what normal ghosts could do and she knew what gods could do and she also knew that what Phantom could do was a hell of a lot worse than anything this world could ever be ready for. So instead she looked him in his toxic green eyes, gave him one, firm nod of her head, and two words of promise.Ā
Ā
āWithout hesitation.āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
After Phantom had left, the effects of his presence had taken a whole 3 days to wear off. Three days of silence. Three days of sleep. Three days free of nightmares and pain and the exhausting tug of war for control. Three days of peace. Three days for the Pit to crawl out of its hidey-hole and begin to poke around again.Ā
Ā
They were some of the best three days of Jasonās life.Ā
Ā
He hadnāt realized how much he fought with the Pit until he didnāt have to. How much energy and strength and will he had to exert every moment to keep it at bay and pushed beneath the surface. How exhausting it all was. But now the Pit was back and Jason went back to miserable.Ā
But Jason had been miserable most of his life. And Jason had been fighting for a long time. He could fight a little longer.Ā
Bruce had been curious about the situation in the Narrows. He had poked around and asked questions but Jason had told him to fuck off and Replacement had kept his mouth shut. They didnāt doubt that Bruce had been scouring information behind their back and he definitely knew something was up, but for the most part, he seemed willing to leave it alone.Ā
Ā
That was red flag number one.Ā
Ā
The second one came a few days later when Tim frantically texted the group chat with him and Phantom saying that John Constantine was at the Cave.Ā
Notes:
in case it wasn't clear, all of you just lost the game. >:) also Valerie b/c Valerie <3. I hope my reasoning for Danny's emotions make sense. If not too bad. (not really I'll answer questions if you have them). Jason texts with full capitalization and punctuation. I will not be taking criticism on this matter. I should be doing my English homework...whoops. Anyway this was just a bonus so see yall on Wednesday.
Chapter 13: The Innocence of Children (And The Pain of Knowing)
Summary:
In which Danny makes some observations about innocence and Tim does his best.
Notes:
Hey guys, welcome to Wednesday. I am in fact back in the correct century this time so go me. If you missed the Sunday update for chapter 12 please go read that and make sure you are all caught up. Please go check out @sykloni on tumblr, they did some fan art for chapter 9 that I absolutely adore, thank you so much fam. Anyway off we go.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Danny fought most ghosts on his own. He always had. Sure the ones that attacked at school or when he was with Sam and Tucker he would have help on. But Danny would spend hours in the skies above Amity alone. Because Sam and Tucker didnāt have powers or any real training. Sam and Tucker were still alive. And he was going to do everything in his power to keep it that way. So he taught them how to use the Thermos and ecto-rays and blasters and capture weapons. He let them catalog and analyze and when things got really tough they stepped in because he couldnāt get them to stay away if he tried.Ā
But they were both very much the kids Danny hadnāt gotten to be. They hadnāt spent hours getting drilled by Frostbite and Pandora and Dorthea. They didnāt get thrown into buildings and burned by ecto-blasts. They didnāt get cut up and bloody and goddamnit if Danny was going to let them. So yeah. He fought most ghosts on his own.Ā
Valerie helped. She was better trained and had better gear and didnāt have the same disposition as his friends. Sure, they didnāt get off to a great start but knowing that Valerie didnāt have any problems taking him out if need be took a weight off his shoulders. Because he couldnāt trust Sam and Tucker to do it. They would always try to find a way to save him and while he loved them for it saving wasnāt what he needed. He needed a fail-safe. It was an enormous burden to place upon someone, but Valerie was the best person to pull the trigger.Ā
Ā
Valerie wouldnāt hesitate. She said so herself.Ā
Ā
Ghosts didnāt attack as much as they used to. When they first started out, when they first realized how much power being in Amity would give them, it was near-constant. Danny had spent a lot of time with a sock in his mouth and fishing line holding him together that first year.Ā
Only a handful of ghosts actually came into the Vivanta Aviadilo. Most are already there and they stayed in their respective haunts, waiting for a natural portal to scoop them up and take them into the Zone. This was, of course, before his parents decided it was a good idea to tear a hole in the fabric of reality. Then nearly every ghost on the map wanted a slice of Amity.Ā
See, ghosts could draw power from their haunts. In their own territory, they had more power. And the larger the haunt, the more power the ghost had. The amount of ectoplasm in the haunt also impacts the power of the ghost and while this doesnāt impact much in the Ghost Zone, in the living realm it was a crucial factor. Amity Park was an entire town absolutely drenched in ambient ectoplasm. And Danny was the only ghost standing in the way of that power.Ā
After a while, only the usual suspects kept attacking. Danny suspected it was because they 1) liked the boost of power they got from being in Amity and 2) it was a way for them to fulfill their obsessions. Skulker got to hunt him down. Kitty and Johnny got to go on dates. Ember got to perform. Technus got to make the occasional toaster monster. The Box Ghost got to steal from the post office. They werenāt really there to claim his haunt or challenge him. And most of them knew the worst he was going to do was send them back into the Zone; as long as they didnāt hurt anyone. They knew they were in his haunt. In his territory. So they never tried to cross his obsession.Ā
(Skulker had apparently assumed that his protective nature only extended to the people within Amity, his haunt. When he caught Dannyās trail in Gotham, he thought he had been making another power play. He had been wrong on both accounts.)
Then he defeated Pariah. And the whole cycle started up again. His usual ghosts knew better but now it wasnāt just Amity ghosts were trying to claim from him it was the entire Zone. By ghost law, rulers can only be succeeded by the victors of trial by combat. Danny, of course, being 15 and just trying to keep the world from ending, hadnāt known this little detail when he faced off with Pariah Dark. But he fought him. And he won. And with that victory came all of Pariahās power, ghostly artifacts, haunt, and, of course, titles. The Deathless Lord. The Infinite King. The Bloody Tyrant. The Keeper of The End.Ā
Ā
The King of Ghosts.Ā
Ā
He had ghost fights lined up every night for months. Wraiths, specters, demons, reapers, revenants, visitants, lemures, wights, eidolons, spirits, and apparitions. They went after him. They went after his town. They went after his friends. And Danny was never one to back down from a fight when the people he cared about were in trouble. After a few particularly brutal fights that happened high in the sky in the dead of night and ended with Danny bleeding alone in his room, a belt pressed between his teeth and a needle in his skin, they stopped challenging him for power. And Danny came to earn a few titles of his own.Ā
Ā
The Protector.Ā
Ā
The Defender.Ā
Ā
The Ice Prince.Ā
Ā
The Great One.Ā
Ā
La Äampiono De La Mortintoj.Ā
Ā
Every once in a while, a new ghost would step up. Or an old one. And Danny would always be the one to put them back into the Zone and their place. In any case, Danny wasnāt just immune to fights now that he was the King. Vlad was still a total fruitloop and would attack him for just about any reason. The Idiots in White still wanted to dissect him. His parents still wanted to rip him apart molecule by molecule. And sometimes his peanut gallery played a little bit rougher than they probably meant to. After all, they were significantly stronger in Amity than they would be anywhere else (barring the Zone itself).Ā
It was after one of such fights that Dannyās busted-up phone pinged on his dresser. He glanced over at the cracked screen, eyes going wide when he saw it was from the group chat with Red Robin and Red Hood. He whipped ectoplasm off his one hand as best he could before grabbing his phone. He winced as his ribs pulled when he reached with his arm. Yep. Definitely broken.Ā
Ā
if you tell batman you lose the game
Ā
RR: Okay so fun story Constantine is in the Cave
Ā
Danny nearly fumbled his phone as he looked at the message. Uh oh.Ā
Ā
phantom: well that isnt idealĀ
Ā
phantom: do you know what he wantsĀ
Ā
RR: Iād like to be able to say I have no idea but given the stunt in the Narrows a few days ago Iād say probably you.Ā
Ā
phantom: does he have any weird shit with him
Ā
RR: yeah this big creepy painting.Ā
Ā
phantom: fuckĀ
Ā
phantom: theyre gonna try and summon me and im a little busy rn
Ā
RR: Iāll hold them off as long as I can.Ā
Ā
At that, Danny shut off his phone. He looked down at his ectoplasm and blood-stained sheets. The gaping wound across his chest still sluggishly bleeding. The GIW was getting better at their job. With new equipment that Danny half suspected came from Vlad, they were able to do more damage than they could have three years ago, even with their consistently bad aim and even worse strategy. He didnāt know how long Red Robin would be able to keep Batman and the occultist at bay, but he suspected it wasnāt very long. He was hurt and tired and had just spent the last hour being hunted down like an animal. He wanted to curl up and go to sleep and try to not think about the throbbing pain in his chest.Ā
Ā
Instead, he had to deal with this bullshit.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
āAre you sure this is a good idea, Bats?ā John asked, apprehension clear in his voice. The Dark Knight only responded with a solemn nod. The Zeta tube into the Cave announced the arrival of Superman and Wonder Woman. John turned to greet them with a nod before turning back to Batman. He scanned his cowled face, jaw set firm and expression unwavering. John sighed. He so didnāt get paid enough for this shit.Ā
Without any real idea as to what Phantom was, it was hard to reverse the painting back to its original state. It had taken a lot of work and even more research. Days slaving over texts he could barely read to figure out how to make a proper summons portal. Without the proper titles, objects of power, or even an idea of what it was he was summoning, it was nearly impossible. Still, John had done it.Ā
Ā
And for the record, he still thought it was an astronomically bad idea.Ā
Ā
It had been just over 2 months since they had summoned Phantom and so far the only info the entire Justice League had been able to find was a couple of stone mosaics from Ancient Egypt (and oh boy didnāt that raise some concerning questions), Phantom apparently had some entanglement with Raās Al Ghul (which, yikes ), and the literal definition of the word āphantomā (a ghost).Ā
None of this had been particularly helpful in figuring out who Phantom was, what he was, and/or what he wanted and it had sent a certain bat-themed hero up the wall. So here they were, resummoning the possibly demonic entity. Batman and the rest of the League were desperate enough for answers that they were willing to go directly to the source to get them. John had, at first, adamantly refused. He had spent a large majority of his life fucking with things he definitely shouldnāt have and it was a bad habit he was very much trying to break. But the League of Fools had been insistent and well. If they were going to mess around with the powers that be and possibly end the world then John would rather they do it with him than try and get some hack like Wotan (or worse, strike a deal with a being like Klarion).Ā
Superman and Wonder Woman were there as extra muscle. They didnāt know what they were dealing with and as much as Batman hated having people in his Cave, he was willing to suck it up for this. (Which should give you a pretty good idea of how desperate this whole situation had made him.) Along with them, John recognized Nightwing and Robin, who were perched in the rafters of the Cave. Silent. Watching. Waiting.Ā
āWhat the hell do you think youāre doing?ā A sharp, chastising voice asked from the opposite end of the Cave. John and the Idiots Three turned to the voice and came face to face with a particularly angry-looking teenager who John was (hopefully correctly) assuming was Red Robin.Ā
āThis doesnāt concern you, Red Robin,ā Batman told him sternly. The teenager remained undeterred.Ā
āActually, I think it does, considering it sounds like you are doing something monumentally stupid and possibly ending the world in the process.ā Red Robin retorted, anger hot in his voice. Batman narrowed his eyes and the two birds in the rafters dropped down to the ground. Well. It looked like not every JLA affiliate was a bumbling idiot. John liked this kid.Ā
āI read through the files, Batman. Itās been months and nothing has happened. Just let it go.ā Red Robin argued. It seemed like it was the wrong thing to say however because Batmanās glare only intensified.Ā
āWhat happened in the Narrows wasnāt nothing .ā This seemed to catch Red Robin off guard and for a moment he fumbled.Ā
āHow do you know that has anything to do with Phantom?ā He reasoned after a moment but the effect was lost when Batman simply pressed a button on his gauntlet and the huge computer sprung to life with corrupted video footage of what was undoubtedly the same blurred-out figure from the League video.Ā
āRed Hood wonāt tell me anything and you have been unnaturally flighty. Unless you want to explain to me what exactly happened, then I have no choice.ā Batman growled. With that, he turned to John.Ā
āStart the process,ā he commanded. John looked between Batman and the distressed teenager. Red Robin seemed to plead with his eyes and John had half a mind to give in. But the teenager and whoever Red Hood was didnāt seem willing to talk and the last thing John needed was the JLA going off half-cocked on their own. At least if he did this, he could stop it if need be.Ā
āThis is insane , Batman!ā Red Robin yelled frantically. John ignored him and started chanting. The sooner he got this over with the better.Ā
āBatman, maybe he has a point,ā Nightwing spoke up, reaching towards the Dark Knight. Batman brushed past him and into a defensive position. John had covered the Cave in suppression seals, protection charms, and traps for just about anything on the face of the planet. Whatever Phantom was, he wasnāt getting out of this Cave.Ā
āWhy do you always have to know everything? Some things are better left as mysteries, Batman!ā Red Robin called to him. He seemed desperate and John couldnāt help but think he knew something the rest of them didnāt. Something about Phantom.Ā
āNightwing and Red Robin might have a point, Batman,ā Robin spoke up from behind Batman. āPerhaps involving ourselves with my grandfatherās affairs is less than wise.ā John made a point to chant slower. If they came to the (obvious) conclusion that this was a really bad idea, then maybe they could all go home and avoid the end of the world.Ā
āWe need to know, Robin,ā Batman told him with a tone of such finality that John knew he wouldnāt be swayed on the matter. It was settled.Ā
An eerie green light began to shine through the painting. It wasnāt swirling like last time but instead seemed to be cracking and breaking apart. The very canvas was fracturing, green light busting through and casting long shadows around the Cave. A white-gloved hand burst through the center, rays of green light following it. The hand gripped the side of the frame and slowly began to pull itself free. It was too late.
Ā
Phantom was coming.
Notes:
Batman is a bit of an idiot but don't worry he gets better. He just needs to be wacked with the common sense stick but Tim and Danny are in fact stepping up do bat so don't even worry about it. John is kinda just. *here*. Come say hi to me on tumblr (@hppjmxrgosg) if you feel like it and see you all next Wednesday :)
Chapter 14: The Power of Fear (And The Guilt of Clarity)
Summary:
In which a deal is struck and Danmy makes some more executive decisions.
Notes:
Hey everybody welcome to Wednesday!! Hope you all are doing well. This was formatted on my phone so if it's weird im sorry and dont worry ill fix it later :)
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Tim honestly didnāt know what to do. He couldnāt just admit to knowing Phantom. Because that would lead them right back here; the only difference would be Batman summoning Phantom through a phone call rather than a magic portal. They had known this moment would come; when Bruce finally had enough and decided to reach Phantom by any means necessary. Tim just wished they could have prolonged it a little while longer.Ā
Ā
āThe problem comes from when humans start trying to figure out what ghosts like Skulker are. People get curious and I donāt think I need to explain to you that human curiosity doesnāt have much in the way of limits.ā Ā
Ā
And wasnāt that the bitter truth? They werenāt really any better than the āpesky, annoying, useless, pain in the assā (Phantomās words, not his) ghost hunters Phantom told him about. They were sticking their noses where they didnāt belong. Playing with fire and magic and things they didnāt understand because it scared them . Phantom was going to be dragged into the spotlight and examined under a JLA shaped microscope just because he dared to do the right thing. Just because he decided it was his responsibility to protect people. Tim couldnāt help but feel a little bit sick at the prospect.Ā
So all he could do was watch as the weird painting on the floor cracked and splintered, bleeding green light into the cave. He looked on helplessly as a familiar, white gloved hand emerged from the canvas and it grabbed onto the side of the frame, gaining leverage to pull the rest of Phantom. From the way the painting was laid flat against the floor of the Cave, it looked as if Phantom was emerging from the ground itself. The green light threw shadows around the Cave, making the whole scene far more ominous than it needed to be. Tim watched as the Leaguers and his brothers fell into defensive positions and he watched as his
friend
ally pulled himself from the summons portal.Ā
And he watched as the tension in the room promptly broke when Phantom promptly crumpled to his knees, coughing violently.Ā
āAw fuck me, why was that worse than the first time around?ā Tim couldnāt help the smile that pulled at his face. Good to know Phantom was pretty much the same, even in the face of the Justice League.Ā
āPhantom,ā Batman greeted, a dark edge to his voice, along with a hint of satisfaction that Tim couldnāt help but be disgusted by. āWeāve been looking for you.ā In response, Phantom merely held up a hand and waved him off. Tim tried not to snort.Ā
āYeah, yeah, I know,ā Phantom complained, exasperated by the whole ordeal. āGive me a minute okay?ā Batman and the rest of the people in the Cave seemed taken aback by his nonchalant response. Tim saw Dick glance over at him, concern and confusion in his expression. Tim ignored him.
āOkay, here we go,ā Tim heard Phantom mutter to himself before rising to his full height. And when he saw the state his friend was in, Tim couldnāt help but gasp. When Phantom said he had been āa little busyā Tim hadnāt been expecting⦠this .Ā
To start with, Phantom looked beat to hell. His lip was split, clotted with a green substance that Tim unfortunately recognized as Phantomās blood. The same, dark green coloring was staining the front of his suit, seeping through the dark fabric and the stylized, once white logo on the front. His white boots and gloves didnāt look as pristine as they usually did and some of his hair was matted down. Parts of his jumpsuit looked burned and other parts seemed to be ripped and Tim couldnāt help but stare and wonder āwhat the fuck happened to his friend?ā Ā Tim had known Phantom could get hurt. He had known when Constance Logan had ripped him a new one in that living room but Tim had also seen Phantom go against Skulker. (He couldnāt help but wonder what it was that had Phantom looking like this ).Ā
The other people in the room, it seems, had also not been expecting this presentation from Phantom, if for different reasons. Wonder Woman was the first to get over her stupor. In one swift motion, she had leveled her sword at Phantom, a determined look on her face.Ā
āSo it bleeds.ā She remarked, as if commenting on the weather. Phantomās eyes flashed.Ā
āOf course I bleed , what kind of stupid ass observation is that? Iām dead not invulnerable like Boy Scout over there,ā Phantom sassed, gesturing loosely to Superman. Constantine seemed to catch Phantomās words quickest.Ā
āWait, hold up. What do you mean dead ?ā Constantine asked, to which Phantom raised an unimpressed eyebrow.Ā
āIām a ghost, obviously. I mean my name is literally Phantom. That shit wasnāt just for kicks,ā Phantom explained. Tim couldnāt help but find it funny how blasĆ© he was about it. Sure, when he had been on the receiving end of it, it hadnāt been as enterainting but now that Tim could watch it from an outside perspective, he had to admit it was a pretty good joke.Ā
āButā¦youāre a child?ā Wonder Woman stated, clearly confused. Phantom gave her a look that Tim could only read as are you fucking serious? Ā
āUh, yeah? Children still die? We arenāt like⦠immune , or something.ā Phantom said as if it was obvious. Instead, he simply succeeded in making everyone else in the room uncomfortable. Even Damian looked a little put out at the implications. Batman especially looked disturbed with the revelation Phantom had just force fed the group. (Tim thought it served him right.)
āRight, well, Phantom if you could just answer a few questions for us, you can be on your way,ā Constantine said, obviously trying to smooth over tense situation. Phantom leveled him a bland glare.Ā
āYeah, sure, okay. I get dragged through a magic portal into some creepy ass cave filled with crazy people, one of whom obviously wants to fight me,ā Phantom ranted, gesturing to Wonder Woman, āand proceed to get interrogated because some people donāt know when to mind their own. Yeah, that sounds real fair.āĀ
āLife isnāt fair, kid,ā Superman sighed. āWe just need to know who you are.āĀ
āLife isnāt fair?ā Phantom parroted in a mocking tone, as if he couldnāt believe what he was hearing. āYouāre gonna stand there and tell me life isnāt fair? News flash, Big Blue, Iām the one whoās dead! Iām the one who gets to be dragged across time and space because some heroes decided to feel like entitled assholes. This is the second time you people have brought me somewhere against my will, which is kidnapping by the way, and for some strange reason, I doubt it will be the last. So go ahead. Ask your fucking questions.ā Phantom seethed, eyes glowing a toxic green, hand pressed to his side, glove quickly becoming stained in the same color. āI hope they satisfy you.ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
Bruce had a lot of regrets in his life. He had a lot of things he wasnāt proud of. Thing he had done or said. Things he had let happen. People he had failed to protect. Civilians he had failed to save. Jason .Ā
But for all of that, Bruce had never felt as ashamed as he did right then. He had never so guilty and angry with himself in all of his life. Because two months wasnāt an absurd about of time but it was apparently long enough for him to lose any sense of reason. It was apparently long enough to forget why he really cared about finding Phantom. Back before John told them the gravity of what they had summoned and before Damian had dropped the Lazarus Pit bomb and before the Narrows had been half burnt to the ground.Ā
Back when he had just seen Phantom as a kid in what looked like a hero costume, in pain and alone.Ā
Phantom was right. This wasnāt fair. And yeah life wasnāt fair but that didnāt mean that they could just expect Phantom to hand everything over to them after they essentially kidnapped him twice. They couldnāt just demand answers and feel entitled to them. That wasnāt what heroes were supposed to do.Ā
And Tim had known. Tim had known what was going on was wrong and he had tried to stop Bruce. Begged him to stop. And he hadnāt listened. And now Phantom was standing in front of them, angry and bleeding and in pain and Bruce was the one who put him there. And he hated himself for it.Ā
āPhantom, are you hurt?ā He asked. The ghost (and god wasnāt that just absolutely heartbreaking? Learning that Phantom was some dead kid they had managed to drag here and torment?) seemed taken aback by Bruceās tonal shift. His green eyes had widened and his dark brows had raised. He glanced from Leaguer to Leaguer, confusion clear in his face.Ā
āWhat, so you guys called me here for a wellness check?ā Phantom asked incredulously. When no one answered he seemed to hum in acceptance, as if the idea wasnāt the weirdest thing heād ever heard.Ā
āI mean I think I have like, 7 broken ribs, probably a few second degree burns, and I might be internally bleeding but I havenāt been electrocuted and I donāt have any new head trauma so overall Iād say Iām fine.ā Phantom answered nonchalantly, promptly horrifying everyone else in the room.Ā
āNew head trauma?ā Bruce heard Tim squawk. He raised an eyebrow at his sonās familiar tone but decided this wasnāt currently the time to press it. Phantom just shrugged in response.Ā
āEmber threw me through a building yesterday,ā he remarked, as if commenting on something mundane and trivial. Bruce carefully noted how Phantom said through a building, rather than into one.Ā
āAlso, I donāt know what you people are putting in your portals but literally, please stop,ā Phantom informed them. Constantine looked put out at his accusation.Ā
āSorry, but itās a little hard to make a summons portal when you donāt know exactly what youāre summoning,ā Constantine glowered, crossing his arms grumpily. Phantom didnāt seem all too impressed.Ā
āOkay, hold up, time out, rewind, Iām confused,ā Dick interrupted, making a āTā with his hands. ā You ,ā he emphasized, gesturing to Phantom, āare a ghost?āĀ
āYeah,ā Phantom confirmed easily. It left Bruce reeling.Ā
āNever mind that, why are you here Specter ?ā Diana questioned roughly, raising her sword in Phantomās direction. The ghost teen in question only rolled his eyes.Ā
āUhm, because you brought me here? Seriously, you guys are the ones arranging these little get-togethers. If it was up to me you would have never known I existed,ā Phantom explained an exasperated expression plain on his face.Ā
āWhy are you on Earth?ā Superman clarified, stepping forward. Phantom remained unimpressed.Ā
āBecause I live here? Well, not live , exactly, but you know. Exist ,ā Phantom said, his gloved hands making quotations around the word āliveā.Ā
āHonestly after all this work to get me here you guys are asking some really stupid questions. Like itās been two months, you didnāt think to plan this out? Iām only gonna stay here for so long, I got shit to do,ā Phantom informed them, gesturing lazily to his general figure.Ā
āWho did this to you?ā Bruce asked, throat feeling tight with anger. Phantom was hurt and they were just standing here balking at him. He needed medical attention and several thousand apologies, not an interrogation.Ā
āUh, ghost?ā Phantom said as a way of explaining, gesturing to himself. āMeet ghost hunters.ā He gestured to the side, as if referencing another person. Bruce couldnāt help it when he felt his blood boil.Ā
ā What? ā He heard Tim exclaim in surprise. āI thought you said they sucked?ā His son exclaimed and now it was Bruceās turn to be surprised. He and Phantomā¦knew each other? Phantom just shrugged again.Ā
āThey do. If they were any good at their job you would have been summoning me off a dissection table and we would probably be having a different conversation right about now.ā All around him, Bruce saw the faces of his fellow Leaguers and children pale at the thought. Because Phantom seemed so lively. Bright. Imagining him being cut up like thatā¦Bruce resolutely shook thoughts of Jasonās autopsy out of his mind.Ā
āMy grandfather, Raās Al Ghul,ā he heard Damian begin, stepping out of his place in the shadows, katana by his side and a firm look on his face. āSaid you were responsible for the disturbances of the Lazarus Pit. Explain.ā Bruce tensed, expecting Phantom to go on the defensive, but instead, he continued to surprise him, merely cocking his head to the side in thought.Ā
āLazarus Pits?ā Phantom began, eyeing each of them warily. āI donāt know much about those things. Iāve never seen one; donāt particularly want to either.ā Phantom explained, apprehension clear in his voice.Ā
āWhat do you know, Ghost?ā Diana growled out, obviously still on the defensive. Phantom sighed and rand a hand through his white hair.Ā
āHonestly? Not much. Ghosts donāt like to talk about them, not even the Ancients. From what I can understand, theyāre pools of ectoplasm that have been corrupted by dark magic. Theyāre⦠tainted . Impure. The ectoplasmic concentration of those pits isnāt enough to turn someone into a full ghost, but in combination with the magic, itās enough toā¦resuscitate them? Ghost call a person who goes into them and survives a mortmarÅanto. Iām not clear on all the details. Like I said: ghosts donāt like to talk about them. Any other weird, out-of-left-field questions?ā Phantom challenged, obviously losing patience. He didnāt seem aware that he had just dropped more knowledge on Lazarus Pits than all the rest of them had combined . Constantine was the first to brush past this because of course he was .Ā
āSince you seem to be in a sharing mood, mind telling me who all those titles on the first painting refer to?ā Constantine probed and despite himself, Bruce couldnāt help being a little bit curious. Phantom grimaced at the question.Ā
āThey used to belong to this asshole named Pariah Dark. He was a total bastard and was a tyrannical warlord during his reign. About a year ago, he tried to take over the world or some other equally stupid shit; I didnāt pay a ton of attention when he was monologuing,ā Phantom informed them, seeming bored with the information. However, Bruce and the rest of the Leaguers snapped to full attention.Ā
āAre you saying this Pariah character tried to threaten Earth? Where were we in all this?ā Superman asked. Phantom just rolled his eyes.Ā
āHe didnāt just threaten Earth, Big Blue, he dragged an entire town into a death dimension and was planning on taking the rest of the Eastern Seaboard with it until I kicked his ass and quite literally took his names. Thatās why you got me. The titles on the summons portal were meant for him but since I defeated him in trial by combat, theyāre technically mine now even if they donāt necessarilyā¦fit me. Thatās part of the reason your portals suck; youāre using names that are only mine by default. As for where you guys were? I have no idea,ā Phantom concluded.
A tense silence filled the room and Bruce carefully ran his eyes over Phantom. He was young, probably around Timās age. The jumpsuit he was wearing really did look almost like a hero costume but something about it wasnāt quiteā¦right. It didnāt have any protective padding. No joint reinforcement. It looked flimsy and weak. He could probably cut it open with a hotel keycard; a very far cry from bulletproof. But apparently, this kid had saved the world. Thatās why when they first met Phantom said āa year ago, this would have been a very different scene.ā It hadnāt been a threat. It had been a fact . Because if they had cleaned out their storage just one year earlier, they would have come face to face with Pariah Dark. They had been lucky.Ā
āPhantom,ā Bruce finally spoke up. The ghost turned to him, eyes calculating. He raised his eyebrows, expression expectant.Ā
āI apologize for how weāve been treating you. Youāre right. We shouldnāt have dragged you here expecting answers. I appreciate you giving them to us regardless.ā Everyone in the room seemed taken aback, Phantom especially. Like he hadnāt expected anyone to actually recognize the wrongness of their behavior, much less apologize.Ā Out of the corner of his eye, he caught a glimpse of the proud look gracing Timās face. A soft smile grew on Phantomās face and his posture released some of its tension. He didnāt relax, not really. But he did seem less on edge and Bruce took that as a win.Ā
āApology accepted,ā Phantom said easily, tone having lost all of its anger.Ā
āReally? Just like that?ā Constantine asked, flabbergasted. Phantomās smile seemed to soften more.Ā
āJust like that,ā he agreed. āGhosts are known for holding pretty serious grudges,ā Phantom said easily, voice seeming to echo softly around the Cave far more than any normal personās voice carried. A cheeky grin made its way onto his face. āIād hate to be perpetuating a stereotype.ā Constantine looked surprised at this but seemed to think better about pushing the issue.Ā
āPerhaps we could have a fresh start. A reintroduction, if you will,ā Superman suggested, ever the diplomat. āYou could meet the rest of the League, we could properly apologize for this whole mess, and you can tell us a bit more about ghosts. That way we wonāt be sound out of touch the next time a Pariah Dark decides to threaten humanity. If ghosts are a real part of our world, we should learn about them. Correctly , this time. No magic portals allowed,ā Superman finished with a hearty chuckle. Bruce shot Clark a thankful glance. Diana still seemed on edge but re-meeting Phantom had reminded Bruce of what he had suspected in the beginning. It had reminded him of what he had forgotten when challenged with fear and uncertainty. That Phantom was just a kid. The ghost in question smiled brightly, his unearthly glow filling the Cave with what Bruce could only compare to moonlight.Ā
Ā
āI think that would be for the best.āĀ
Notes:
*cackles in author*
Chapter 15: Crash Landings (And All Other Forms of Close Calls)
Summary:
In which Danny has to improvise, adapt, overcome.
Notes:
Hey guy sorry to be updating so late but it is still Wednesday where I am so it's fine everything is fine :') Welp, I am officially out of backlogged chapters and had to free write this today so unfortunately, it is pretty short in comparison to my usual chapter length but I didn't want to just leave you guys hanging so here you go have a thousand words of...something? It really is a setup chapter but whatever. Hopefully, I will be able to catch up and backlog some stuff over the next week. If not, I may miss next Wednesday's update and if that does happen I will post an update on my Tumblr (hppjmxrgosg). Anyway, enjoy...this.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Danny was, in a word, fucked . Absolutely, unequivocally, 100 percent, fucked. Did he want to meet the rest of the Justice League? No. Did he want to answer their stupid questions? No. Did he want to be in a room with the most powerful people in the galaxy and just be like āhey donāt mind me, Iām just thinking about that time that I brutally slaughtered all of you and took over the worldā? Absolutely fucking not. Was he going to? It seems like it!
He was going to have to do this carefully. Very, very, very carefully . He had a lot of things that he did not what the Justice League to know about. For one, he didnāt want them to know just how powerful he was. He didnāt like to admit it, didnāt even like to think about it really, but in the last year he had to face the music: Danny was OP as hell. And the Justice League, under no circumstance, could know that. Because they would probably try and take him out for being a threat. Or lock him up. Or send him to his parents. Or, worst of all: try and mentor him. He already had one set of fucked up parental figures he did not need the Justice League trying to fit the bill (not to mention whatever the fuck Vlad had going on).Ā
Secondly, he did not want them to know about man-made portals. Ever. Because if even one of them knew, the chances of some supervillain finding out were astronomically high. There were a lot of psychic supervillains out there and Danny didnāt care to count how many times the Justice League got mind-controlled and/or brainwashed but he knew that number was uncomfortably high. And goddamn it if Danny was going to let the likes of Lex Luthor find out about the Ghost Zone. (He already had one psychotic evil rich guy after him, he did not need another one.)Ā
He could go on but in all actuality, he could sum it up to one very simple point: The Justice League presented more threat and risk to the Zone than any help they could provide it. Therefore, as much as Danny hated it, when presented with the opportunity to control their knowledge about it from the inside, he had to take it. He didnāt want to manipulate the Justice League but at this point, they were not leaving him a lot of options. They wanted information. They knew Danny had access to that information. It was only a matter if he gave it to them or if they took it from him. He knew how curious adults with god complexes worked and he was not about to let them take the reigns with his afterlife.Ā
He had managed to dip straight out of the Bat Cave (because that was the Bat Cave?? Right? No seriously, was he just in the BAT CAVE? ) before the apparently concerned Batman could hold him down and throw disinfectant on him like the Dark Kight looked like he wanted to. (And seriously, what was up with that? Wasnāt Batman hunting him down like, 10 minutes ago? Why was he concerned now?) He had an image to maintain after all and them interrogating him while he was losing blood was just setting himself up for disaster; lowered inhibition and all.
So yeah. Danny pulled his disappearing act after the vague promise of āIāll find youā, knowing full well he was just going to be texting Red Robin. Speaking of Red Robin, the boy looked like he was on the verge of a panic attack that entire exchange. Which, first of all, fair, but you would think the vigilante would have a better poker face. He appreciated Red Robin stalling, he really did. He wasnāt sure just how much time the other boy had bought him, but it had been enough for him to wrap his chest and some of his healing to kick in. As rough as he was sure he looked, it would have been a whole lot worse had they summoned him just 10 minutes earlier.Ā
After shooting out of the Bat Cave, he found himself overlooking some spooky ass mansion on the outskirts of Gotham. No real surprise there, but it would be nice to confirm Samās conspiracy theory that Batman was actually some random rich guy. (Sam, having been dragged to many galas and events by her parents, had an entire chart dedicated to āwhich weird rich guy do I think is Batmanā. She collected evidence at every one. It gave her something to do.)Ā
Danny heaved a deep sigh and pressed his hand tighter to his abdomen. He couldnāt exactly fly all the way home in this condition (Jazz would have an aneurysm). His injuries in his human form would be a bitch but Phantom wasnāt exactly inconspicuous and using his powers aggravated his wounds far more than he would prefer.Ā
After flying away from the manor and touching down in some dark, shadowy alley, Danny transformed and took stock of his situation. His clothes were relatively okay but given the wetness he felt through his bandage, they wouldnāt stay that way for long. He had on his regular t-shirt and ratty jeans, a decent pair of shoes that had not yet been blasted and/or melted into oblivion, a NASA hoodie, and the watch Tucker had gifted him about a year ago (he didnāt know what his friend had done to it but it must have been some seriously dark magic because the thing had survived some weird shit). He patted down his pockets and suppressed a deep sigh. His phone was painfully absent, probably still on his dresser, plugged in and sticky with ectoplasm. He dug around in his pockets and looked up towards the dark, smog-filled sky with an acute sense of disdain for the universe. In his pockets, he had exactly $12.56 cents, a Teck Deck, a broken rubber band, a ballpoint pen, one of Samās hair ties, and a singular green apple Jolly Rancher. Typical. Well. Time to MacGyver the shit out of this situation and somehow make it over 800 miles before Jazz figured out how to summon him herself and/or he bleeds out in the middle of Gotham.Ā
Ā
Danny pulled his hood up and walked out of the alley.Ā
Ā
Notes:
you made it to the end congrats. hopefully I will be able to get a couple of chapters written over the next week so my updates can stay consistent. come check me out on Tumblr for Vertical Limit updates and memes :) for everyone who has been sending me things 1) thank you very much, they are all very funny and I love them and 2) for the people in my asks who are sending such nice comments I really appreciate it! I don't respond to every ask (much like my bad comment responding habits) but I do read all of them and they make my day! In other news, we have officially started Vertical Limit Vol II in my google docs bc apparently after 30,000, google doesn't like loading :| anyway hopefully see you all next Wednesday and have a great rest of your week! :) <3
Chapter 16: Youāre Safe Here (I Promise)
Summary:
In which Danny doesn't actually get to take his nap...
Notes:
Hey guys! Thanks for being so patient last week. I hope to be back on track now so hopefully, there won't be too many missed weeks in the future. But for now, I hope this is good. (I don't really love this chapter but it's fine, everything is fine T-T) Anyway, enjoy!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The first thing Danny did was try and locate a bus stop. Or a Greyhound. Or a subway. Or really any form of public transportation that would get him more than a block and a half with the money he had on him. This whole thing wasnāt a⦠great situation. And he was high-key not pleased with how his 2 A.M. (kidnapping) excursion to Gotham was going.Ā
He didnāt find any.Ā
This whole place was weird. It was like the city itself didnāt want him to leave. All the trains were in-city and the only bus he could find barely took him to the Narrows (a place he was vehemently trying to avoid, thanks). He had heard rumors about Gotham being legitimately cursed but he didnāt believe it until now. I mean really. A whole city under a curse of this magnitude? Danny didnāt want to believe it but the evidence was pointing towards the contrary. He could only hope that whoever or whatever was working its magic on the city didnāt get too pissed at him for being there. A fight with an interdimensional, territorial, probable hellspawn was actually not on his bucket list for the evening.Ā
Okay. On to plan B. He couldnāt currently leave the city so his next best option was to find a place to hole up, wait out his injuries, and hopefully get the fuck out of dodge in the next 5-8 hours. Yay.Ā
Unlike some of the other big cities he had been to, Gotham was quiet at night. Not silent. But quiet. Like soft whispers and faint footsteps. There and awake, but pretending not to be. It wasā¦eerie. (And he was literally Schrƶdinger's teen so take that as you will.)Ā
Danny eventually found himself in a darker part of the city (which, wow). Most of the buildings were warehouses and industrial buildings. Not very tall but usually at least a quarter of a block wide. Many of them looked scheduled to be condemned but that wouldnāt be a problem as long as Gotham didnāt have a habit of doing demolition work at two in the morning. Picking one of the buildings at random, he easily slipped through the broken and rusted chain link fence and made his way up to one of the ground-level openings. He found himself standing in front of what looked like a loading dock for a truck. The lip of the concrete opening was nearly at his shoulders and he internally winced at the thought of having to pull himself up it. Glancing around for cameras and people, Danny deduced that it was too dark for anyone to see him anyway and carefully jumped up onto the ledge (thank you flight). Once he made it through, he braced himself against the wall, breathing deeply and slowly.
Ā
Maybe he was more fucked up than he thoughtā¦Ā
Ā
With a muffled groan, Danny pushed himself off the wall and began his trek into the building.Ā
Well. Building was a bit of a stretch. The whole place looked like it was seconds away from coming down. Rusted I-beams and all kinds of hazards hung precariously from the rafters and Danny pointedly ignored the rat feces and trash littering the ground. He caught stray glimpses of what seemed to be remnants of a homeless camp, although whoever was here was long gone now. He checked the corners of the rooms and, upon finding no visible cameras, tucked himself into a small room that had probably once been an office in the upper right-hand corner of the building.Ā
Ā
The small room was largely empty, save for a beat-up-looking couch, a desk, what looked like some cans of soup, a few army ration bars, and, surprisingly, a medkit. Danny opened the kit experimentally. It looked pretty outdated, like whoever had been here hadnāt restocked it in a while. It was pretty stripped. A few rolls of bandages, a pair of latex gloves, some bandaids, a bottle of painkillers, and a needle and thread. Danny couldnāt even use most of it (ectoplasm had a nasty habit of eating through just about anything, hence the reason he used ghost fishing line and reinforced bandaids). Still, he took a roll of the gauze and made quick work of adding another layer to his chest wrappings. As much as he would like to completely change them, normal gauze would probably dissolve just about instantly and he wasnāt about to start leaving bandages with his literal blood and ectoplasm in random industrial buildings in Gotham of all places. (He was dumb but not that dumb.) Still, the tighter pressure was better than nothing. After downing one of the chalk flavored ration bars and an unopened bottle of water he found under the couch, Danny crashed down on the moth bitten, decrepit piece of furniture and hoped he wouldnāt catch anything from this place. With a heavy sigh and a small wince of pain, Danny settled down to try and catch at least 3 hours of sleep (praying to the Ancients that he could manage the next 6 hours without any more ridiculous bullshit).Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
He wasnāt having a great night, if he was gonna be honest. First, there was that whole mess with the Batman and the JL at the Cave. If he had known that they were going to be dragging some dead teenager through space and time just because Bruce had gotten a bit curious he would have never volunteered to be there. He would have tried to stop him sooner. Over 10 years and Bruce was just the same. He never did have a great sense of boundaries when it came to information. The same old story. Bruce came to him, claiming he needed him for something, he was the only one he trusted, bla bla bla. And then he fell for it. Every. Single. Time. When was it too much? When was he going to learn to start asking better questions? Learn to ask any questions?Ā
His lungs burned as he ran over the rooftops of the dark, begotten city. He was pretty sure he fractured his wrist in that last fight; his whole arm throbbing in pain. The now pouring rain (because when wasnāt it raining in Gotham) made his hair slick, sticking to his face and covering his eyes. He was angry and frustrated, both at Bruce and himself. His footing was sloppy and when he heard stray gunshots just a few blocks away he ran straight into the fight with an unclear head and a burning in his chest.Ā
Bruce was only ever concerned in hindsight. He only cared when he could see the damage he did. (The sickening crack of bones and cartilage breaking filled his ears as he delivered a brutal kick to the face of the gunman.) He only apologized when it was all over, and sometimes not at all . (A sharp pain flared up in his side as he felt a bullet pierce through his shoulder.) He never learned to stop before he got to the hurt. He just had to dig and dig and dig. Push and take and never once think to stop until it was too late. (He whirled around and nailed the man who shot him in the ribs with a sharp elbow before delivering a knee to his stomach. The man crumpled to the ground.)Ā
Ā
He didnāt see the third guy until it was too late.Ā
Ā
He dispatched him quickly but a metal bat to the back of the head was never a party. Angry, bleeding, and probably concussed, he made the begrudging decision to get off the streets before he really messed himself up. After a bit of trial and (a lot of) error, he managed to grapple himself into the industrial district and towards his closest safe house. Vision blurry, shoulder throbbing, and blood still hot with anger, Dick Grayson tumble through the window of his safe house and promptly passed out.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
Danny woke up to the sharp bang of a window opening. He bolted upright, spinning in a haphazard circle and into a fighting stance. He ignored the way the quick, jerky motion pulled at his ribs and made his head spin as he looked for the source of the noise. The small window of the office was open, the windowpane shuddering against the wall from the wind. A darkly dressed figure lay prone at the base of it in a fairly awkward position. After a brief moment of tense silence, Danny watching the figure with wide, vigilant eyes, and the figure remaining immobile, Danny slowly began to gather the few things he had with him. Glancing around to make sure he wasnāt leaving anything behind (ectoplasm contaminated DNA included), Dannyās sharp nose caught a sharp, metallic scent.Ā
Ā
Blood .Ā
Ā
Danny turned his attention back to random person and oh ancients they were totally bleeding out . Danny cast his gaze upward, promised to arrange a cage match with God later, and quickly turned to bleeding guy.Ā
Ā
As it turned out, bleeding guy was, in fact, a guy. A vigilante guy , as a matter of fact. The domino mask and skin-tight kevlar were a pretty good indication but the bright blue bird painted across the guyās chest pretty much sealed the deal.Ā
Ā
Danny had a bleeding-out Nightwing on his hands.Ā
Ā
Fucking typical.Ā
Ā
With the (horrifying) passing thought that Red Robin would probably kill him if he let Nightwing die (Gotham vigilantes were close; everyone knew that), Danny pulled out the medkit he found earlier and got to work.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
Dick remembered bits and pieces. He remembered being angry. So, so angry . Another kid the casualty of Batmanās insatiable curiosity. He remembered getting hurt. He remembered the vague blur of miraculously locating and entering his closest safe house. He remembered crashing haphazardly through the small window, sinking to the floor, and passing out from exhaustion and blood loss before he could patch himself up.Ā
He remembered drifting into the darkness, knowing he had good and well fucked up, and praying to whatever god might be listening that one of his siblings would come and find him before the damage he had done to himself became much more dangerous than a flesh wound and a concussion.Ā
From there it got even blurrier. He remembered waking up suddenly with a sharp, burning, unbearable pain in his shoulder and passing out quite quickly after. He remembered brief stints of consciousness, sitting across from what could have been any one of his siblings; just a dark blob of hair and a flash of light eyes. He remembered a soft voice, gently asking if he was awake, a bright light in his eyes, and then the same soothing voice telling him to go back to sleep because everything was going to be okay.Ā
Ā
He remembered feeling safe.Ā
Ā
Now? Now he was just confused.Ā
Ā
He had woken up silently, as he had been trained to do. Stay quiet. Assess. Stay alive. He had laid there, eyes closed, breathing unchanged, waiting, for a whole hour, before deeming himself completely alone and rising to a sitting position.Ā
Ā
You can imagine his surprise when he came face to face with a stranger watching him intently.
Ā
He startled back, reaching for his eskrima sticks only to come up empty-handed. Panic surged through him and so he surged towards the boy, only to find himself right back on the floor, a burst of pain in his jaw.Ā
Ā
āIs this just how it is with you people? I save your life and you attack me?ā The snappy question caught Dick off guard and he looked up at the boy. Dark hair and blue eyes, pale skin that was borderline sickly but not concerningly so. Baggy clothes, bruises on his face, dark circles under his eyes. Faint, red stains on his hands, like blood he couldnāt quite wash off. Dickās eyes widened and his hand reached for his shoulder. Soft, expertly wrapped bandages greeted his gloved fingers and Dick couldnāt help it as his mouth fell open.Ā
Ā
His bloodā¦
Ā
This kidā¦had saved him. He was probably homeless, given the state of his clothes and his overall almost sickly appearance. He had probably been crashing here, unaware he had found a Bat hideout and when Dick came crashing in last night instead of turning tail and running as almost anyone else would, this kid had patched him up and put him on concussion watch if his hazy memories were to be believed. Dick let his eyes stray around the room. His weapons and communicators were visible on the desk, out of reach unless he really wanted them. His head felt clear and his shoulder was wrapped tight and efficiently. The medkit lay open on the chair, needle still bloody and a bullet casing next to the pair of tweezers.Ā
This kid had seen him bloody and unconscious and instead of leaving him for dead this random boy had saved his life. And, by the looks of things, had done it very well . And Dickā¦had just attacked him. Guilt seeped into him. He felt his face flush in shame as he looked up at the kid who had saved his life.Ā
āIām sorry,ā he choked out, his voice scratchy from who knows how many hours of sleep and thick from guilt. āI shouldnāt have lashed out like that. Thank you. For saving me.āĀ
Ā
The kid seemed unimpressed.Ā
Ā
āYeah, whatever man. Next time just donāt get shot.ā Dick couldnāt help the sharp laugh that escaped his chest.Ā
āOh, well if itās that easy,ā Dick replied back, a bit of warmth creeping into his voice. This kid leveled him a look so dry the Sahara looked like an oasis. Dick just laughed harder.Ā
āAlright kid,ā Dick started after his laughing had subsided. āYou helped me now Iāll help you; what do you need?ā Dick asked, staring intently into the kidās blue eyes. The kid just stared back, apparently bored.Ā
āAre you for real?ā The kid asked. Now, Dick had had that question posed to him before, but it was usually in a teary-eyed, grateful manner that involved hugs and a bright smile. This kid said it in a complete deadpan, sarcasm practically oozing from his words. Dick raised an eyebrow.Ā
āYes?ā He said, confused. The kid looked him up and down and heaved out a huge, heavy sigh, as if this was the most annoying and taxing thing he had ever had to do.Ā
āYou arenāt going to leave me alone until I let you feel like youāve helped me in some way, are you?ā Again, Dick was caught off guard.
āI donāt want to feel like Iāve helped you, I want to actually help you.ā Dick insisted, keeping his voice soft and earnest. The kid just rolled his eyes.Ā
āOkay, great. You can buy me a bus ticket,ā the kid told him bluntly, already spinning out of the small room. Dick stumbled to catch up, head still spinning from his concussion. A bus ticket? He couldnāt help it as the question stumbled out of his mouth.Ā
Ā
āWhat?āĀ
Notes:
Listen I have a lot of feelings about Dick Grayson okay-
Chapter 17: The Uncanny Valley (And The Curse of Perception)
Summary:
In which Gotham makes contact
Notes:
Hello i am so sorry this is so late and so short I was busy watching moon knight. anyway, welcome to wednesday i promise the next chapter will be longer pls don't come for me t-t I actually do like this chapter and i would have continued it but i have to get up early tomorrow and i free wrote this whole thing like 5 minutes ago so here. quality horror vibes if i do say so myself but lmk what you guys think. should i write more horror stuff? it's kinda fun. In reference to the title, if you don't know what the uncanny valley is i really suggest searching it up before you read this, it will make things cooler i promise. anyway, have fun.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Danny was, in a word, unamused. All he had wanted to do was sleep. For like, three hours. Apparently, this simple request proved to be too much for the universe. Instead, he had to drag around bleeding guy turned vigilante turned annoying guy in a city that wouldn't let him leave and possibly wanted to eat him.Ā
Nightwing had taken him to six different train stations, five subways stops, and three Greyhound terminals. They had been walking for a grand total of two and a half hours and so far, Danny still had literally no way out of the city. Everything was closed or shut down or blown up or was so down right sketchy that even Danny had to say āhard passā.Ā
Ā
It was getting ridiculous.Ā
Ā
He was so over this bullshit. Just done . He was still injured and tired and hungry and he missed his sister and he was worried about his town and his friends and he was stuck in this stupid city with this stupid vigilante who he couldnāt just abandon because the guy needed to be monitored with his concussion and Danny wasnāt about to let him wander around by himself. All Danny wanted to do was go home and be with his friends and his sister and not worry about the Justice League crawling down his throat for 5 minutes. It seemed like a distant dream.Ā
He and Nightwing had spend the better part of their walking in silence; Danny quickly shutting down Nightwingās awkward attempts of conversation and Nightwing feeling guilty enough over his earlier outburst that he gave up fairly quickly. The older manās constant fidgeting gave his discomfort away but Danny honestly could not give a singular shit over Nightwingās discomfort. Afterall, Danny still had a nasty gash running across his chest and burns on his side that were starting to get so tight they constricted his breathing. He would need to find away to debride them soon, otherwise the intense pressure would crack his ribs. Again. (For normal people, they would have long since suffocated from lack of oxygen by Danny had stopped needing to breathe years ago. Yay.)Ā
They were currently walking along what was probably a busy avenue in the daylight, but the dark shadows of the night had crept up the sides of the buildings, sealing people in and away from the streets. The few lampposts there were held either flickering, dying dim lights or broken bulbs all together. The city felt suffocated. Danny didnāt like it.Ā
As he and Nightwing began to pass another dark alley, a shadowy indent off the main road, a deep ache settled into Dannyās bones and a burning dread soon followed. He whipped his head around to stare intently at the dark opening. Even with his enhanced vision, Danny could only make out the outlines of dumpsters and trash and, if he really squinted, the looming figure of an old metal fire escape.Ā
Nightwing noticed his sudden stop and promptly came up behind him to peer into the ominous alley as well. They stayed like that for several moments, tense and waiting.Ā
āWhat happened?ā Nightwing asked lowley after a few more moments had passed, eyes sharp and voice close to Dannyās ear. Danny didnāt answer. What had started off as a slight buzzing in his bones had been pushed into the realm of a hum the more Danny focused on the alley. He was supposed to find something in there. He knew it. Whether it was good or bad, that he didnāt know. But the same inkling, the same fickle sense of dread that pulsed through him the longer he was in this godforsaken city had turned into something more; it was cold whispers and enticing, if ominous, promises. The hairs on the back of his neck had been raised and for the first time in a very long time, Danny felt a slight chill in the air. The city itself was luring him into the darkness.Ā
Ā
And he had no idea what he was going to find.Ā
Ā
š¢Ā
Ā
They had been staring at what was honestly just another alley for well over 5 minutes now. Dick didnāt know what the kid thought was so interesting, given that it was nearly identical to the one they had passed just a block earlier. But the kid (and god, he really needed to figure out what his name was) seemed perfectly content to just stare into the alley. He had been completely still the entire time and it was actually starting to freak Dick out. Had he even blinked this entire time? (Was he even breathing?) He had all but ignored Dickās gentle prodding, favoring to glare harder at the shadows. God, Bruce could never find out about this kid; they would be able to sit and brood together for hours Ā (days if they werenāt careful).Ā
But the kid was on edge and that put Dick on edge. Something had him spooked. His face was drawn tight with worry and concern, a wariness that Dick had only ever seen on Capes had settled into his features. His entire body was tightly wound with tension. Dick had never seen someone look so still (which was worrying given he knew several actual assassins and masters of stealth).Ā
Deciding to move the show along, Dick took an experimental step forward towards the alley. He was quickly pulled back with a surprising (and actually pretty terrifying) amount of force. The kidās arm had jutted out the second he had moved, drawing him back and several paces away from the entrance. His hand remained resting against his chest, fingers flexed to push him away, a slight pressure beneath of his finger tips. (Dick couldnāt help but think about the fact that even though only the kidās finger tips were touching him, cold still seeped into his chest from the contact.)Ā
The kid turned his head slightly towards Dick but kept his eyes trained hard on the alley. The shadows of the flickering street lamp near by threw strange shadows across the kidās face. It distorted his features, making them appear just slightly more angular than what should be humanly possible. From the angle he was at, Dick could only see the whites of the kidās eyes and he felt a slight unease sink down his throat. The slight distortion of the kidās face along with the awkward angle and the cold that was still pressing into his chest forced a shiver down his spine. Dick swallowed roughly and cleared his throat.Ā
āWhy have we stopped?ā He asked, hating how hoarse his voice sounded. This time, the kid apparently deemed it necessary to dignify him with a response. He turned to face him fully this time, his blue eyes seeming almost green in the lamp light, a foreboding expression on his face (an expression far too dark for someone who still seemed so young).Ā
āWhatever you hear, do not follow me into that alley.ā Dick raised his eyebrows, startled at the strange declaration.Ā
āWhy not?ā He asked. The kidās look seemed to darken and Dick resisted the urge to shiver. He turned back to the alley, lightly pushing his fingers off Dickās chest as he turned (a silent reminder to stay ).Ā
āBecause it probably wonāt be real.ā And with that, the kid walked into the shadows, leaving Dick standing alone on the pavement, feeling more unsure of himself on the dark Gotham streets than he had since he was 8 years old.Ā
Notes:
creepy phantom? nah
creepy FENTON? absolutely that right there is some good soup.
what's danny gonna find in the alley? who knows, not me. :')
the uncanny valley concept really is one of the most interesting and terrifying concepts of human psychology and i think it applies so beautifully to our freaky lil ghost boy. in completely unrelated news, i have my SAT next week and if yall could start manifesting some good vibes so i can pass the dumbass math section that would be *fantastic*. there are too many of you for there to not be at least one witch so to that individual if could u like, light a candle for me, i would deeply appreciate it. anyway that is all, see you next week.
Chapter 18: A Meeting of Monsters (An Understanding of Shadows)
Summary:
In which two beings walk into an alley...
Notes:
Yall this is late but we ain't even gonna mention it cause it is still wednesday in my time zone. I took my test and I guess we are just gonna have to see T-T anyway hi welcome to wendesday. This chapter is lowkey kinda giving dead dove: do not eat vibes so
**TW: Body horror and vivid descriptions of creepy shit, content rated PG13+ summary at the bottom :)
And before i get all the 12 year olds in my comments like "im in 7th grade and i read it and im fine" that is great for you stfu its a general content warning for people who are senstive to graphic descriptions of gore, body horror, and other weird shit okay calm down. anyway enjoyyyy
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
ā You have power,ā a cold, unearthly voice croned from the shadows. It was less words and more chopped, broken sounds that grated on the back of Dannyās mind. It reminded him vaguely of ghost speak; of the choppy, garbled sounds that would occasionally escape the mouths of specters. (It reminded him of the sounds of someone choking on their own blood.) It was quiet, much like the rest of the city and Danny was fairly sure he was the only one who could hear it.Ā
āI do,ā Danny agreed easily, slipping his hands into the pockets of his hoodie.Ā
ā Give me your name.ā Dannyās lip quirked up in a small smile. He clicked his tongue and shook his head.Ā
āIām not going to fall for that,ā Danny informed the omnipresent shadow that was beginning to gain form in the corner. It remind him almost of a No-Face, but with a more writhing structure and less discernible features. The wispy figure hissed indignantly, displeased but not surprised by Dannyās answer.Ā
āWhile I am here, you may call me Phantom,ā Danny said carefully. (He wasnāt exactly sure who or what he was speaking with, but he figured it best to play by fae rules. It usually worked out.) The shadow pulsed at his admission. Danny decided to get straight to the point, carefully ignoring the way the entrance to the alley was beginning to close off, shadows slipping together and crawling over each other like snakes..Ā
āWhy are you keeping me here?ā Danny asked. The shadow lashed out, spindly, too-long limbs began to arch out of the darkness, a pair of dim eyes carved themselves out of the wall of the alley, and Danny found himself face to face with the manifestation of a curse older than he cared to comprehend.Ā
ā You have power,ā the voice repeated. It seemed more strained this time; choked. Danny tilted his head, gazing into the open, dripping maw of the curse in front of him. Rows upon rows of thin, needle-like teeth barred themselves only inches from his face, black sludge oozing between them with the consistency of blood. Danny shifted his eyes into those of the shadow, letting them flash a dangerous, burning green.Ā
āI donāt intend to use it against you,ā Danny told the hissing creature in front of him. āBut I will if I have to.ā This caused the curse to draw itself up too thin legs lifting it feet above Danny, spine arching and creaking at it remained face to face with him. He heard its bones pop and snap as it shifted around him; its jaw creaking with every twitch. The small bits of tightly pulled flesh around its mouth that Danny supposed were meant to be lips drew up into a snarl; a low growl emitting from the concave chest of the creature.Ā
ā You said they were yours.ā The creature bit out in its broken, gargled voice. It spit the words at Danny, as if the very nature of the sentence disgusted it. Danny considered for a moment, thinking back to the last time he was in Gotham.Ā
āThe people?ā He asked. The shrieking, horrific sounding wail that emitted from the creatures mouth confirmed Dannyās suspicions. The sound grated against his ears like the crushing of metal; it was the tearing of aluminum and the breaking of glass and bones: a car crash in motion.Ā
ā MINE .ā The curse snarled, gesturing to its hollow chest with its too long fingers and gnarled hands. Danny raised his hands in surrender, taking a light step back as a show of good will.Ā
āI assume youāre Gotham, correct?ā Danny asked. The creature wailed again, flinging itself away from Danny and latching onto the fire escape. The hulking figure became a disturbing silhouette against the polluted, orange sky of the city. The only thing truly visible of the curse was the glint of its teeth.Ā
ā That is what they call me,ā the creature informed him after a few minutes of silence. A hot, humid, rancid pressure had begun to build in the air. The smell of rot flooded Dannyās senses and the oppression of wet, sticky heat began to bear down on him,Ā
āAlright, Gotham. Why are you keeping me here?ā Danny asked, trying to keep the hard edge out of his voice. He wanted to leave; it would probably behoove him to not get the curse of the city to hate him more.Ā
ā They are mine! You CANNOT HAVE THEM!ā Gotham wailed, loud screeching noises echoing about the alleyway. The metal of the dumpster and the fire escape vibrated and Danny distantly heard a window shatter. Danny raised his hands placatingly as everything clicked into place.Ā
āI didnāt mean to overstep. Iām sorry, Gotham,ā Danny apologized earnestly.Ā
ā You already have power and yet you claim what is MINE. You are bold , Phantom,ā Gotham seethed, spitting out his name like it was poison. The curse arched its back, its spine and ribs poking through its dark, membrane like skin. Spindly, spider-esque limbs twisted as the creature made its way back towards Danny. Its nails dragged across the brick of the building as it crawled across the wall, maw still dripping with shadows and sludge.Ā
ā Explain yourself to me, Phantom., and perhaps I will not consume what is left of you,ā Gotham croaked, voice sounding wet. Gotham reminded Danny of something sickly: of pneumonia and an ache in your chest. Throat clogged with blood and bile, choking on your words. It was an infection: one that never went away. Everyone knew that the shadows in Gotham were just a little too dark. The alleyways a little too long. The city a little too quiet. Closed off from the outside world; an island of pestilence and death overrun by madmen of every kind. The darkness of the city seeped into the soulsā of its inhabitants but Danny was not made to meddle in the affairs of men. Danny didnāt remove curses older than countries and he didnāt have the power to fix centuries of corruption and rot. Gothamās problems were her own; all Danny wanted to do was make it home.Ā
āI protect people,ā he told the curse, looking into the crazed, malicious eyes of the rotting corpse of a being that towered over him. āI get the feeling that, in your own way, you do too. These people donāt just give you power, they care for you. I have yet to meet a Gothamite who didnāt care for their city. But not every city has a protector like you. Not every city has a protector that can protect against the things you or I do. This city is a magnet for dark energy, isnāt it? You absorb it; trap it so it cannot reach what is yours because there may be darkness here but its your darkness. We aren't that different, you and I,ā Danny confessed, chest feeling heavy. He tore his gaze away from the curse, looking down to the dirty, grimy ground. The curse chittered uneasily and some of the pressure that had been building in the alley released.Ā
ā You would protect them? Mine? Others?ā Gotham inquired, broken, squelching voice loosing some of its simmering heat. Danny nodded and looked down towards his hands.Ā
āI didnāt ask for the power I have. I certainly never meant to get more. But Iām not the only ghost out there and Iām certainly not the only being of darkness to ever walk the earth. There are things with powers like mine who have far darker intentions than I do. Older things. More powerful things.Ā Iām just trying to keep people safe; so no one ends up an abomination like me,ā Danny told Gotham honestly, green eyes sliding back up to meet pale, shifting ones.Ā
āI never meant to take what is yours, Gotham. I just want to help you keep it. Keep them .ā The dark being regarded Danny for many long, tense moments. Pale, hollow eyes flickered about his form and his general direction. When Gotham found whatever it had been searching for, the curse drew itself up to its full height, arching away from Danny and clinging back onto the wall.Ā
ā You may leave, Phantom.ā The city informed him, nails dragging as it shuffled along the wall. The smell of rot and decay receded and the oppressive humidity released. Danny nodded and turned to leave the alley.Ā
āAnd,ā
Gotham called out to him, ā
you may return.ā
Notes:
Summary: Basically it was the curse of gotham in the alley and homie was mad that Danny had claimed the living world in that fight w skulker bc gotham is 2 and doesn't like to share. Danny explained that he really just wanted to protect people and that he had more power than he wanted all ready so he really wasn't trying to get all up in Gotham's shit. Gotham, which is a weird spidery slenderman looking fool, decides that Danny passes the vibe check and not only lets him leave but also gives him permission to come back.
Did i write Gotham while thinking about Swamp Thing? Yes. That is the image I want you all to have character wise. Is the curse black magic, have questionable intentions, and lowkey kinda evil? yes but it is like a protective evil. Only gotham is allowed to be evil in gotham and danny can vibe with weird, black magic curse thing bc he also kinda is a freak of death magic and weirdness. anyway hope you liked tune in next week for Dick Grayson and His Infinite Concern >:)
Chapter 19: The Love I Give To You (Outweighs The Pain You Give To Me)
Summary:
In which: *Jazz*
Notes:
I honestly cannot thank all of you enough for your tremendous patience with me these last few weeks. I got NO "update update update" comments and I cannot thank you enough because all those do is stress me out. You guys have been so kind and encouraging to me and I honestly cannot even appreciate you enough. It has been a hectic little bit and while it isn't wednesday (sorry) i am proud to say that I am back on track. This chapter was really hard to write. Writers block for me is an absolute bitch because I free write pretty much everything. This story has no plan, no plot, nothing. What you all see is the first and only draft and sometimes I manage to write myself into a hole that I loath getting out of. Is it a problematic way to write? Yes but its what I got. Thank you all for your incredible patience and while I cannot promise that there won't be other breaks like this, I promise to finish this story (even though it may take a while). Thanks again for all of your encouraging comments and absolutely incredible patience. Enjoy! :) <3
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Tim had a dilemma. Well. He had several but this one was the most pressing at the moment. He and Bruce were sitting across from each other, both dressed down and out of their suits. Superman, Wonder Woman, and his brothers had left, leaving Tim alone with his mentor and the strange blonde man he had only ever heard rumors about. Tim shifted his gaze to track the man in the trench coat, who was pacing and examining seemingly random points on the Batcave wall. Occasionally, he would stop, mumble something to himself, and scribble on his hand with a green sharpie.Ā
āYou knew him,ā Bruce stated in a quiet voice that snapped him out of his thoughts. It wasnāt a question as much as a statement. Tim refused to meet his eyes.Ā
āYou could have told me,ā Bruce stated, a slight softness to his voice. Timās anger flares.Ā
ā Could I? ā Tim seethes. āLook what just happened!ā He breathed deeply, pushing out air out of his nose forcefully as he reeled in his anger.Ā
āLook, Iāll answer the questions you have about him from what I know, but you know exactly why I couldnāt have told you,ā Tim informed him, pinching the bridge of his nose.Ā
āTim,ā Bruce started slowly, a weird mix of empathy and irritation in his tone. Tim sent him a sharp glare. Bruce sighed and ran his hand through his hair.
āOkay,ā he relented after a moment, the word filled with defeat. (Tim couldnāt find it within him to care.)Ā
āWhat do you know about him?ā Tim glanced to meet the eyes of the blonde occult detective. It seemed that their conversation had lured him out of his weird wall obsession. He now hovered only slightly awkwardly over Bruceās shoulder, shoulders tense. Tim eyed him up and down.Ā
āYouāre Constantine, right?ā He asked. The man in question huffed but nodded in agreement. The blonde seemed to pick up on Timās hesitation because he raised his hands in surrender and took a slight step back.Ā
āListen mate, I just wanna know what I managed to summon and how to not do it again. Batty over here is the reason Iām involved in the first place. If Iād had my pick of the lot, Iād be in Liverpool right about now with a nice pint, a Jack Kerouac novel, and a cigarette.ā Tim raised an eyebrow at the manās strange declaration, but ultimately decided it wasnāt worth the headache.Ā
Ā
āWell,ā Tim started, feeling tired and heavy, āheās a ghost.āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
Jazmine Fenton was a lot of things. Jazmine Fenton was a good student because she got good grades. Jazmine Fenton was a doting good sister because she drove her brother home from school. Jazmine Fenton was a good daughter because she helped around the house. Jazmine Fenton was a good friend because she was always willing to listen and gave excellent advice. Jazmine Fenton was a good person because she tutored kids in subjects they struggled with. Jazmine Fenton was perfect.Ā
Jazz, on the other hand? Jazz was the dirty secrets hidden behind the curtain. Jazz was a good student but only because her classes bored her. Jazz was a good daughter because she got her first job at age 12; right after her parents forgot to pay the heat bill the 3rd time. Jazz was a good daughter because she kept the house from being a biohazard. Jazz didnāt have time to have friends to be good to. Jazz tutored kids because it was a way for her to figure out what assignments Danny wasnāt doing. Jazz was a good sister because she had raised her brother on her own.Ā
Jazz had been the one to pick him up from school and take him to it every day since he started. Jazz made sure he was fed and clothed and had water and heat and electricity. Jazz waited up for him when he came home late from a night with friends. Jazz asked him questions about school and helped him with his homework. Jazz tended to his scraped knees and fevers. When Danny ran away at age 8 Jazz was the one to spend all day fretting and worrying about her little brother. When Danny asked about girls Jazz was the one who told him what he needed to know (to their collective discomfort). When Danny asked her about boys Jazz told him about that too. Jazz was there for the science fairs and the school plays and the little league games and picture day and parent teacher conferences. Jazz signed him out of detention and called him in sick and taught him how to read. Jazz was more than Dannyās sister because that was what he had needed her to be.Ā
So when Jazz walked into Dannyās room to find his cellphone on his nightstand, slick with ectoplasm, blood drying on his sheets and his medkit haphazardly propped up on his desk chair, Jazz felt she was entitled to the burning rage that coursed through her veins.Ā
She had bolted down into the lab, rifling through her parents' old inventions and scraps. The GAV was missing, so they were probably off terrorizing some random, unfortuante ghost. After a few moments of digging, she found what she was looking for: the Boo-merang. With little hesitation, Jazz ran upstairs, grabbed her go bag, crashed into a wall trying to get out of the house, launched herself into her car, threw the stupid gadget, and took off after it. She hoped wherever Danny was he could hold out until she got there.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
The kid had only been in the alley for mere minutes before he was casually walking out, hands in his pockets, a light look on his face. Whatever he had been looking for in there, he had apparently found and Dick couldnāt stop the unease from creeping into his chest. The second the kid had stepped foot into that alley he had all but vanished from view; shadows consuming him immediately. Against his better judgment, the kidās warning had shook him enough to keep him frozen in place; not for very long, mind you, but long enough that the kid was able to get in and out of the alley before Dick had the chance to act. The most unsettling thing about the situation was that from the alley, Dick had heardā¦nothing. Only a deep, oppressive silence. It didnāt make sense. Usually, at least some sound travels from the alleys of Gotham; no matter how quiet you try to be. But whatever the kid had encountered in the depths of the dark had been completely and utterly silent.Ā
Ā
It wasā¦unnerving.Ā
Ā
āWhat happened i there?ā Dick managed to ask after swallowing the lump of anxiety that had developed in his throat. It didnāt go away, per say, but merely migrated down into his chest and seeped into his ribs. The kid shrugged.Ā
āNothing much, just a minor misunderstanding.ā Dick raised an eyebrow and the blaise response.Ā
āA misunderstanding?ā He questioned, apprehension thick in his tone. The kid merely offered him another shrug and an only mildly cheeky grin.
āThatās right.ā Dick wasnāt in the least bit convinced, but their proximity to the alley had his hackles still raised, so he was content to let it drop until later. Anxious to get off the street and out of the dark, Dick made an executive decision and decided to hope it wouldnāt come back to hurt him later.Ā
āWeāve been walking around for hours now and it looks like it's going to start raining again soon. Ever been to Batburger?āĀ
Ā
š¢Ā
Ā
Danny, by his best estimate, had been in Gotham for around 15 hours at this point. He had been rudely snatched from Amity at about 1 in the morning and it was about 4 pm in Gotham. Accounting for the 1 hour time difference, 15 hours.Ā
Ā
He wasnāt thrilled.Ā
Ā
Jazz had most certainly realized he was missing at this point and was most certainly worried out of her mind. His wounds had, for the most part, healed up but going this long without changing his bandages was pushing the envelope for getting out of this infection free; ghostly blood or no.Ā
Nightwing had, for the most part, left him alone about the whole alley situation. Danny figured that Gotham had thrown off enough of her own interference to keep the vigilante on edge about the whole situation, apprehensive enough to let curiosity go by the wayside; at least for now. Danny took what he could get.Ā
Now, Danny wasnāt exactly sure what it was about Gotham vigilantes and their incessant need to feed him , (it was honestly becoming too much of a pattern at this point) but Nightwing ended up taking him to a burger place a few blocks away from his eldritch close encounter of the third kind. The burgers were pretty good (not as good as Nasty Burger thought) and he had to admit, the Jokerized fries were excellent (he decided he wasnāt going to put too much though into the whole āGothamites naming fast food specials after their terrorist-mentally ill-supervilliansā deal. Afterall, you could place bets on which ghost would attack next in Amity for coupons and discounts at various restaurants and retail stores).Ā Ā
He and Nightwing had elected to sit inside. It was, afterall, late October. It was wild to think that just two months ago, his biggest concerns were starting his junior year off right, maintaining peace within the Zone, and keeping Amity from being completely overrun by dangerous apparitions and ghosts. Now he had to deal with Justice League politics, Batman of all people, and he (apparently) semi-regularly had meals with vigilantes. Wild.Ā
He was just finishing off his strawberry milkshake when there was a loud thunk on the window of the restaurant. Nightwing was on his feet in minutes and Danny sent out a quick prayer to whatever cosmic forces out there that didnāt hate him that this wasnāt some kind of Gotham rogue attack. The very last thing he needed right now was a dust up with some asshole with a gun or a bomb or godforbid magic powers. He idly turned his head to the window, his eyes constricting as he looked head on into two ridiculously bright headlights. He heard the slam of a car door and frantic footsteps. Then, the door to the fast food restaurant practically slammed open to reveal a disheveled mess of red hair, pajamas, and frantic teal eyes.Ā
āDanny!ā Jazz yelled (or rather screeched) when she laid eyes on her younger brother. She closed the distance between them immediately, pushing Nightwing out of the way without a second thought, and grabbing Danny in a fierce bear hug. The pressure on his ribs and burns made him wince but he didnāt dare pull away because one simply didnāt pull away from one of Jazzās stress hugs. After a long minute, she held him out at arms length, examining him with frantic, wide eyes. After assessing that he was not openly, visibly, and therefore gravely injured, she began shaking him with the force of a hurricane.Ā
āDaniel James Fenton I swear to god if you ever do that to me again I am going to take the creep stick to your PS4! I mean it Danny, I will destroy everything you love. Do you know how long the drive from Illinois to New Jersey is Danny? Well Iāll TELL YOU ITāS EIGHT HUNDRED NINETY THREE MILES DANNY I HAVE BEEN DRIVING FOR FOURTEEN HOURS, YOU LITTLE TWIT GET IN THE CAR!āĀ
āItās good to see you too, Jazz,ā Danny said warmly. Jazz stopped her violent shaking of him and huffed.
āI ought to wring your neck. Thatās it. Iāll lock you in the floorboards of the Ops Center. Iāll stick you in the thermos, bury you in the walls, and then you will never be able to pull shit like this again.ā With that, Jazz gave him a firm nod of her head and began to drag him to the door by the back collar of his shirt like he was a misbehaving kitten. Because he was an excellent brother (and because he didnāt want her even more mad at him) Danny let her. He never was very heavy and between the lightness that the whole half dead situation had given him and Jazzās own intense workout regimen, she had no problem hauling him to the door. He waved idly to Nightwing, who was still standing at the table, a dumbstruck look on his face.Ā
āThanks for the food!āĀ
Nightwing slowly waved back as Jazz dragged him out of the Batburger and shoved him into the car. As the doors closed, Danny turned to his frazzled sister.Ā
āCan we listen to Dumpty Humpty on the way home?āĀ
āI will make you ride in the trunk.ā
Notes:
Dick: What the fuck was that?
Danny: these are not the droids you're looking for lolthe bats collectively but unconsciously needing to feed danny is so funny to me.
I love Jazz okay. As an older sister when i tell you that nothing is stronger than my need to kick my brother's ass...
Just. Jazz Fenton ladies and gentlemen. (Bitches bros and non binary hoes)Me: I will pepper in the *bisexuality*
Happy Pride!
ps; please keep sending me memes on tumblr. They are the greatest thing that i have ever recieved. Fueling all manners of complexes. i love them.
Chapter 20: Ride or Die (Crash and Burn)
Summary:
In which Sam has a plan but Valerie has a GUN
Notes:
yippie kai yay mother fuckers here we gooooooo
Ā
*if i had a nickel for every word i spelled wrong in this chapter i would be sO FUCKING RICH
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
āSo, how do we want to do this?ā Sam asked. Danny was laying on his stomach across from her and Tucker, both equally sprawled out on the floor of Samās basement. They had constructed a (quite impressive) blanket and pillow fort and were currently debating their āJustice League Q&Aā guidelines. They needed to figure out what exactly he was going to do about this whole āoh letās just have a meeting with the entire Justice League to re-introduce yourself and make up for kidnapping you twice but instead of being trapped by our threats you will be trapped by social convention!ā situation.Ā
Ā
Danny wasnāt thrilled.Ā
Ā
āI think we should ignore them, possibly forever, and then , they will simply disappear,ā Tucker proposed, his glasses slightly askew on his face, hat long since disregarded; lost in the piles of blankets and fort material. Sam leveled him a blank glare.Ā
āThis isnāt a cartoon. Ignoring your problems doesnāt make them go away,ā Sam argued pointedly. Danny looked up from painting his nails and tiled his head.Ā
āIsnāt the main point of cartoons creating problems that cannot be ignored and need to be solved?ā Sam redirected her glare at him and lobbed a pillow at his head.Ā
āWell what do you think we should do, Smarty McSmarty pants?ā Tucker asked, readjusting his glasses and waving his hands wildly, nearly causing the structural collapse of their fortress. Sam huffed, ever indignant.Ā
āI think we need to create a list of topics that Danny can talk about, a list that he should be vague about, and topics that he would avoid at all costs. They are going to ask questions. What we need to do is predict those questions and appropriately counteract them with predetermined responses,ā Sam dutifully explained. Danny groaned.Ā
āWhy does this sound like we are prepping for a UN conference? Or like a War Games meeting?ā Danny questioned, voice heavy with exasperation.
āI feel like Iām on an episode of The West Wing,ā Tucker agreed, hanging his head and running his hands down his face. Sam rolled her eyes at their antics. From deep within the blanket folds, she produced a dinosaur notebook and a sparkly gel pen. With a crisp (and obnoxiously loud) click of her pen, Sam began furiously scribbling, diagramming out some kind of chart. Danny was too sleep deprived to follow the various boxes and circles and lines but he was content to just assume they all meant something important and that whatever it was, Sam was probably right.Ā
āOkay,ā Sam breathed out after about 10 minutes of frantic writing. Danny had finished painting his nails (dark blue) and had migrated to an upside down position on a nearby bean bag while Tucker had succeeded in building the Eiffel Tower out of paper clips. āAre you ready, Danny?ā Danny, in response, took a strong sip of his Surfer Cooler Capri Sun and, with a half hearted (and awkwardly positioned) fist pump, voiced a deadpanned āFuckinā ready.āĀ
āFor your upcoming meeting slash interview slash interrogation with the Justice League, there are several topics which I have outlined as āoff limitsā in conversation. These topics can easily lead to the outing of your secret identity, compromise the integrity of the Zone, and/or give access to dangerous top secret information. Capisce?āĀ
āCaposh,ā Danny responded with a nod. Sam nodded and continued her tirade.Ā
āNow, at the very top of your list, I have listed
everything
,ā Sam exclaimed with a shark like snarl. āWe cannot trust these people with
anything
. They work for the government. They are a government sanctioned branch of security. I wouldnāt trust Batman as far as I can throw him. We can divulge no secrets to these people
at all
. You know who else works for the government? The Guys in White!
And you know who else?
The FDA!
They approve drug testing on
animals
and let me tell youā¦ā
Samās passionate rant faded into the background as Tucker buried his head in his arms with a resolute
oh my goddddd.
Danny simply looked up at the pastel pink ceiling of their blanket fort, just happy to have friends like his.Ā
Ā
š¢Ā
Ā
āHey, Red.āĀ
Valerie turned her head slightly to catch a glimpse of her invader. Phantom had wiggled his way up into the rafters of the old Observatory, sitting near her on a beam to her left; close but not oppressivelyĀ so.Ā
āGhost,ā she acknowledged blandly. She looked around at her surroundings, a light scowl on her face. āI thought for sure you wouldnāt fine me in here.ā Phantom merely tilted his head, a mildly bemused look on his face.Ā
āSame building as always. Weāre justā¦inside this time.ā He scruched up his nose and looked around, as if in mild disgust. āWhy are we inside? We canāt even see the starts,ā Phantom whined.Ā
āItās cold out! Not all of us are immune to the cold like you are, frost boy,ā Valerie snapped, crossing her arms indignantly. Phantom, like the child he was, stuck his tongue out at her.Ā
āBut itās October! You know, October is the best time of year to see certain deep space objects and constellations in the northern sky. Right now is the best time of year to see Pegasus, the Helix Nebula, Cassiopia, the Saturn Nebula, Lacerta, Aquarius-āĀ
āStop naming constellations, I get it!ā Valerie shouted, frustration (and a small, very small, hint of amusement) coloring her voice. Phantom glared at her.Ā
āThey arenāt just constellations, Red. Theyāre entire clusters of galaxies!ā She rolled her eyes.Ā
āYou are such an absolute dork,ā she pointedly informed him. He crossed his arms and stuck his nose up.Ā
āIāll have you know that passed all my astronomy classes with flying colors,ā he informed her indignantly. She rolled her eyes again.Ā
āWhatever, dork, youāre just proving my point.āĀ
They sat in a comfortable silence for a moment. There wasnāt much in the way of insulation in the Observatory, and maybe it was just the placebo effect, but Valerie was sure that it had to be just a bit warmer inside than out. Phantom and his icy presence certainly didnāt help, but he had seated himself a few I-beams away and appeared to be making a conscious effort to not make the drafty space any colder; itās the thought that counts.Ā
āSo. You wouldnāt seek me out with out a reason. Whatās happening, Ghost boy?ā Valerie asked, repositioning on her beam so she was more directly facing Phantom. The ghost, for his part, was floating above his beam rather than sitting directly on it. Valerie noticed he had a slight aversion to touching the ground, preferring to float instead of sit or stand at every chance he got. It was probably a ghost thing. Phantom leaned back, heaving out a languid sigh.Ā
āThey caught up with me,ā he remarked lazily.Ā
āShit,ā Valerie swore. āWhat are you gonna do about it?āĀ
āIām supposed to go and have this meeting with them. Introduce myself āproperlyā and whatnot. Itās really just another interrogation, except this time is sugar coated in bureaucracy.āĀ
āYum,ā Valerie grimaced. Phantom nodded in defeated sentiment.Ā
āThey want answers, Red. Answers I canāt give them. Wonāt give them. Any information I give them about the Zone will have to be cataloged and stored and backed up because itās the Justice League and itās Batman for crying out loud. And then all of that information will be recorded and vulnerable. Part of the reason ghosts have survived so long, the reason why the Zone remained safe and untouchable for so long was because nobody had good data. Everything was guess work and theory and there wasnāt any conclusive evidence about anything . And Iām just supposed to hand over the keys to the kingdom? All the evidence and data that humans have been looking for for thousands of years is in my hands. Everything that could destroy the Zone, destroy ghosts, destroy me . Iām just supposed to hand that over?ā Phantom scoffed bitterly, crossing his arms and leveling a cold, toxic green glare at the wall across from him.Ā
Ā
āOver my dead body,ā he snarled, voice warping slightly and hair flickering in agitation.Ā
Ā
He turned his sharp gaze back to her and Valerie felt a slight chill crawl down her spine. It didnāt matter how long sheād know Phantom. How long she hadĀ tired to grow accustomed to his frigid glances and unnerving stares; he still always seemed to be able to pin her with a look. That was the thing about Phantom: he was always just a little off. No matter how long you tried to get used to him, every once in a while he would do something to remind you that he wasnāt human. Remind you that he was something Other .Ā
Valerie smiled to herself under her helmet. They might be the Justice League, but that didnāt mean they were ready for the hell Phantom could rain on them. Nevermind the hell she could raise. Phantom may be something Other , but Valerie was a teenage girl with 17 years of pent up rage and a gun; she was a whole other ballpark. She looked the Ghost boy up and down, smirk growing into a shark like grin under her mask. Phantom seemed to sense it, the blood in the water. He quirked and eyebrow, a curious grin of his own growing.Ā
āAny chance this meeting has a plus one on the invite?ā She asked coyly. Phantomās grin grew wider, showing off his slight fangs.Ā
āYāknow, Red? I think it might.ā
Ā
Notes:
did i go onto the capri sun website to find the specific flavor i thought best matched Danny's chaotic gremlin energy? Yes. The surfer cooler capri sun is orange, lemon, pineapple, and pear. It's hideous. It's perfect.
Don't @ me about the space stuff okay, i am an english, music, and biology nerd not a astronomy nerd okay. You want me to tell you about how a comma works? gotchu. How the circle of 5ths works? yessir. What the mitochondria /actually/ does? absolutely. don't ask me questions about space.
sam: i have a plan.
the boyz (tm): lets hear it goth girl
sam: tElL tHeM nOtHiNg ThEy DoNt DeSeRvE iNfOrMaTiOn
tucker: that isNT A PLAN
danny: my friends love me so much <3 <3 <3
i just wanted him to be soft with his friends itS JUST FOR A SECOND I PROMISE
we will be returning to our regularly scheduled angst soon. :)
anyway thanks for reading byyeeee
Chapter 21: Family (Before Anything Else)
Summary:
In which...younger siblings.
Notes:
Whats up bitches bros and non binary hoes guess who is actually posting in the middle of the day instead of 11:56 pm like this is a school project i didn't do. thank you all so much for your wonderful comments. I know i dont respond to a lot but i read all of them and love them very much. anyway. here we goooo
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Tim had been peacefully minding his own. Hands to himself, bubble in his mouth, the whole nine fuckin yards as he walked through the hallways of the manor out and away from Bruce. Unfortunately for Tim, this left him open and susceptible to attack.Ā
āYou knew him.ā Tim, for his part, did not shriek, but merely turned around, (very calmly he might add) to face his younger brother.Ā
āHello, Damian.āĀ
āDonāt try to side step me, Drake. I am above your petty manipulations. You knew him . Explain.ā Damian crossed his arms and though he stood at a solid foot shorter, his hard glare had to be adding at least several inches to his height. Tim was about to answer with a hasty I have no idea what youāre talking about but was cut off by a voice above him.Ā
āWhoās Tim pretending not to know?ā Damian and Tim turned to glare at Stephanie. The blonde had managed to wedge herself between the ceiling and the top of a bookcase in the hallway. It wasnāt quite long enough to fit her, so it was really just her planking on it for who knows how long. She was on her stomach, head turned to face them, toes pointed and arms pinned to her sides.Ā
āThis doesnāt concern you, Brown,ā Damian sneered at the same time that Tim incredulously asked āWhy are you even up there?ā Stephanie quirked an eyebrow.Ā
āOne,ā she began grandly (Tim groaned) āyou are speaking about it in my presence, therefore it does concern me and twoā¦ā she paused trailing off with a wince. āI may or may not have put glitter in Dukeās suitā¦again.ā Tim's face palmed and Damian rolled his eyes.Ā
āYou know he can like, see the future right? It doesnāt matter where you hide, heās just going to find you eventually,ā Tim reasoned. Steph scoffed.Ā
āUh, duh. Thatās why I am changing hiding spots randomly and hiding in weirder places each time. Then his future vision thingy will get all jacked up and he wonāt find me,ā she explained as if it was the easiest concept in the world. Tim pinched the bridge of his nose.Ā
āThatāsā¦so not how his powers work,ā Tim strained. Steph just rolled her eyes again.Ā
ā He doesn't even know how his powers work half the time, Iāll be fine,ā she reasoned. Her eyes narrowed and Tim had a feeling he was in for a heap of trouble.Ā
āNow, who were you pretending not to know?āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
if you tell batman you lose the gameĀ
Ā
RR: Quick question
Hood: What?Ā
RR: Not you the other oneĀ
RR: Phantom I have a question for you
phantom: yoĀ
RR: Well I guess its two questions 1) how are youĀ
Hood: Can you please use punctuation like a functional member of society, you fucking idiot?Ā
RR: Shhhh I am trying to commune with the deadĀ
RR: Phantom are you good? Genuinely?Ā
phantom: ive been worse
Hood: That is not nearly as comforting as you think it is.Ā
RR: ^^
phantom: okay well im not on the brink of deathĀ
phantom: againĀ
phantom: and most of the bleeding was internalĀ
phantom: thats where the blood is supposed to be anyway so id say everything is fineĀ
RR: Iā¦I dont even know what to say to thatĀ
Hood: Thatās pretty hard core, Ghost KidĀ
phantom: im deadĀ
RR: Moving on to my second questionĀ
Hood: Letās.Ā
RR: Phantom would you be opposed to meeting a couple more vigilantes?Ā
phantom: arent i already legally obligated to meet the justice leagueĀ
phantom: why are you trying to make me meet moreĀ
RR: These ones would be different. Totally cool.Ā
Hood: You better not be suggesting what I think youāre suggesting.Ā
RR: Spoiler got a hold of me.Ā
Hood: Goddamnit, RR. Absolutely not. You canāt unleash those harpies near him.Ā
phantom: dont unleash any harpies on me
phantom: i have enough of that from the observants aloneĀ
phantom: let alone the actual harpies
RR: ...setting that concerning comment to the side
RR: This would be totally chill Youd have to meet all of them eventually probably because of the whole Justice League thing AND these guys have like waaaay more pull with Batman than any of the JL members could have
Hood: Oh my god. You realize this is a terrible idea, right?Ā
RR: Itll be fineĀ
RR: Phantom? You in?Ā
phantom: yknow im actually trying to cut back on my harpie intakeĀ
RR: Ill buy you a milkshakeĀ
phantom: doneĀ
Hood: Has anyone ever told you that you are ridiculously easy to bribe?Ā
phantom: i am but a simple ladĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
āHey, Jazzā¦ā Danny began experimentally, peaking into his sisterās room. Although Jazz was technically a freshman in college, she had elected to take her first year online while Danny was still a junior in high school. Next year, he would turn 18 just a few months into his senior year. Then, he could legally rent his own apartment without even having to talk to his parents. Jazz could finally go to college in person and Danny would be on his own.Ā
Their parents probably wouldnāt even notice they were gone.Ā
āNo,ā his sister curtly replied, not even looking up from her laptop.Ā
āBut Jazz, you donāt even know what Iām going to ask,ā Danny whined, hanging on her door frame and teetering precariously into her room. She sighed and turned to face him.Ā
āAlright. What would you like to do?āĀ
āWell, I may or may not have been invited to Gotham by Red Robin and I-āĀ
āOh well then I suppose I should change my answer,ā Jazz said, voice hot with sarcasm. āItās moved from a ānoā to an ā absolutely not ā. Is that better?āĀ
āBut Jazz, I was invited this time!āĀ
āLike that makes it so much better. I am not letting you go back into that godforsaken city,ā she told him with a huff, crossing her arms stubbornly.Ā
āBut Gotham likes me now. She wonāt keep me there this time, Iāll come straight home,ā Danny reasoned to his sister.Ā
āYes, because the knowledge that the malignant, cancerous, sentient, centuries old curse of the most dangerous city in the world ālikes youā is such comforting knowledge,ā Jazz deadpanned, arms remaining crossed. Danny rolled his eyes.Ā
āIt should be!ā Danny protested. Jazz raised an eyebrow.Ā
āWhy do you want to go? I thought you hated dealing with the Justice League?āĀ
āItās not the Justice League, itās just the Gotham vigilantes.ā Jazzās other eyebrow rose to join the first.Ā
āThe Gotham Vigilantes? Thatās who youāre meeting?āĀ
āWell, itās mostly Red Robin. Think of it like a trial run for the actual meeting with the Justice League. I can figure out what Iām going to say and I am fairly confident in saying that Red Robin and his friends are like, way less likely to shoot me if I slip up. Itās like a practice run,ā Danny argued, knowing that it was a weak and last ditch argument. Jazz stared at him with hard eyes for another few moments, but Danny held his ground. With a heavy sigh, his sister finally relented.Ā
āFine.ā Danny fist pumped in victory.Ā
āTake a thermos with you,ā his sister tacked on before he could fully leave. He laughed.Ā
āWho do you think I am?ā He asked with a grin, āI never leave home without one.āĀ Ā Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
āIām just saying again, for the record, that I think this is a terrible idea.āĀ
āDonāt be such a spoilsport, Todd.āĀ
āYeah, Jason. We just want to meet Timmyās new boyfriendā¦āĀ
āShut up, Steph! He is not my boyfriend.āĀ
āWhatever you say, Timberly. I remember how you looked at him in the Narrows.āĀ
ā Jason!ā Ā
āWoah, woah, woah, Ghost kid was in the Narrows? And you lied to Bats about it? Thatās hardcore, Timmy.āĀ
āJason, Steph, leave Tim alone. Please?āĀ
āNope.āĀ
āAbsolutely not.āĀ
āThanks for trying, Dick.āĀ
āAnytimeā¦but is he really your boyfriend?āĀ
ā Oh my god. āĀ Ā
Ā
Tim was starting to regret this. First he had (stupidly) allowed Damian and Stephanie bully him into letting them meet Phantom. Then , Jason decided he had to tag along in order to keep them under control. And then , Stephanie being Stephanie managed to spread her āgossipā to the rest of the bats and birds and now he had pretty much the entire conglomerate of Gotham Vigilantes smushed into one Dennyās.Ā
Ā
The poor wait staff.Ā
Ā
Bruce had, thankfully, remained out of the loop. (Or he had found out but decided to either A: let them be, as he had pried enough into Phantom and felt guilty as it was or B: was stalking them from across the street.) Either way, he wasnāt present at the table. That was enough for him.
Well. Almost enough. He would have preferred if it was only a few of his siblings meeting Phantom (read one). He hoped Phantom would be ready for the onslaught of siblings and semi-adopted children that would be waiting to greet him.Ā
Ā
Notes:
No one:
Not a soul:
Stephanie Brown, planking on that book case like her life depended on it: ( Ķ”āāÆĻ Ķ”ā)
Chapter 22: The Best of Deals (Happen Over Dinner)
Summary:
In which: Denny's
Notes:
sup losers. Welcome back to another week of my crisis writing. Is this a very long chapter? no. Did i try to make it chaotic but coherent? yes. Did i succeed? time will tell ;) anywayyyy enjoy. Just letting you all know I might miss next week's update as I will be at camp but who knows i might have time to write the day I get back. also shout out to my homie greenie ( @greenrose-witchdance) on tumblr who is responsible for like 87% of the memes on my blog. Big love. And also @coollizzylou who consistently sends me nice words. big love to you both and also everyone who has ever commented. I really do read them all and they always make my day. Thanks!!!! :)
<3 H
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
āOkay,ā Tim started, addressing his hoard of siblings with the utmost seriousness. āYou cannot, under any circumstances, ask Phantom about his death, where he comes from, what he does, or anything about ghosts at all. Is that clear?ā Stephanie raised an eyebrow and exchanged a glance with the others.Ā
āWeāre having midnight dinner with a ghostā¦and we arenāt allowed to ask any questionsā¦about him being a ghost?ā She asked. Tim sent her a hard glare.Ā
āYes.āĀ
āAs funny as it is to see Timberina here all twisted up, Phantom isnāt exactly the kinda guy you wanna piss off,ā Jason remarked, popping a tater tot into his mouth. āAsking about how he died is just a sure fire way to do that. I mean, would you expect me to talk about how I died? ā Jason raised a good point; good enough that Tim saw his siblings visibly back down. He shot Jason a glance of thanks.Ā
āOkay, heās gonna be here any minute. Nobody be weird. Got it?ā Tim asked, electing to ignore the smirks his family was badly hiding. After receiving some variation of confirmation from the people around the table, Tim allowed himself to relax just a little. He glanced around the table, taking stock of their (frankly excessive) numbers. They were seated at a large table (not a booth, those were too hard to get out of to be considered). Tim was sitting at the head of one end, Jason to his left. To Jasonās left, there was, in order, Dick and Damian. To Timās right was an empty seat for Phantom, followed by Duke, Cass, and, at the other head, was Stephanie. They were all in costume (obviously) but he had to admit it looked pretty funny that there were seven decked out vigilantes just chillin in this Dennyās. To their immense credit, the wait staff had barely batted an eye before seating them.Ā
Tim watched as Dick looked down at his watch and then shifted his gaze about the restaurant. It was a little after midnight, late enough that the Dennyās was largely empty but early enough that the real crime of the night had yet to start.Ā
āWhen do you think heās gonna get here?ā Dick asked. Tim opened his mouth to respond when he was cut of by another voice.Ā
āWhoās to say I havenāt already?ā Everyone at the table jumped at the sudden appearance of Phantom. He was lounging slightly in his chair, one of Jasonās tater tots already being popped into his mouth. Duke looked startled at the ghostās abrupt appearance next to him while Jason looked largely amused. Phantom cast his green eyes around the table, silently surveying each of them before turning his head to look at Tim.Ā
Ā
āHey, Red Robin. Howās tricks?āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
Jason knew he was staring. He knew . But he couldnāt help it because for the first time in weeks, the Pit was silent again. A few moments before Phantom had become visible, Jason had felt the sludge in his veins shriek and writhe before going completely still; cowaring away from the ghostās presence. Phantom seemed to notice his staring, but he hadnāt mentioned it. Jason was grateful for his tact.Ā
āSo, Phantom,ā Stephanie started, taking a long sip from her lemonade, āRR here has banned us from speaking about your ghostliness,ā Tim shot her a glare from across the table. Phantom gained a mildly amused smirk as Stephanie continued. āBut I have questions regardless. So, what does a ghost, such as yourself, do for fun?ā Mirth seemed to filter into Phantomās bright green eyes, a grin lighting up his face.Ā
ā Well , I do greatly enjoy terrorizing this one wacky psychopath that lives in Wisconsin and delivering retribution for his sins, but mostly I play video games with my human friends,ā Phantom informed them brightly.Ā
āYou have human friends?ā Dick asked, leaning forward in his seat curiously. Phantom nodded. (Jason noticed that the Wisconsin psychopath went largely unnoted by his siblings. They spent too much time terrorizing Lex Luthor to have any say in the matter.)Ā
āDo you have uhā¦ghost friends?ā Duke asked quietly, seeming to regret the sentence as soon as it left his mouth. Phantomās smile turned into something a bit sharper, showing off more of his teeth. (The Pit stayed utterly still).Ā
āI think of them more as allies than friends, but there are a couple that arenāt so bad. Most ghosts, however, want to beat the shit out of me,ā Phantom informed them lightly, as if having undead creatures out for his blood was no big thing.Ā
āWhy would ghosts want to hurt other ghosts?ā Tim asked. (Jason smiled lightly at the obvious concern in his tone.) Phantom huffed and took a sip of his strawberry milkshake.Ā
āItās not so much that ghosts want to hurt other ghosts. Itās more like other ghosts just want to hurt me,ā Phantom explained, seeming to ignore the tension that went around the table.Ā
āWhy would your own kind be out for your blood?ā Damain asked, trying to be intimidating as if he didnāt have a plate of chocolate chip pancakes in front of him with whipped cream in a smiley face. Jason held back a snort. Phantom tilted his head back in forth, seeming to consider his answer.Ā
āIām a little bitā¦different from typical ghosts,ā Phantom said in a non-answer with a cheeky grin and Jason knew that the subject had been dropped.Ā
āAre there different types of ghosts?ā Dick questioned not so subtely trying to stay on track. Phantom shrugged.Ā
āSure, thereās different types of people afterall.āĀ
āAre there ghost animals?ā Damian asked, a puzzled expression clouding his face. Phantom lit up.Ā
āYeah! I actually have this dog named Cujo, you could meet him if you want.āĀ
āNo!ā Tim shouted. He looked around at the startled looks on his siblings faces, embarrassed by his outburst.Ā āI meanā¦no, thank you, Phantom. Cujo is a little bitā¦too large for Robin to meet him.ā Phantom looked puzzled for a moment before a look of dawning realization crossed his face.Ā
āOh, no! You met Cujo in his big form. He can get much, much smaller. Like, puppy size. Heās actually pretty harmā¦less,ā Phantom trailed off, green eyes catching onto something in the distance. Jason and his siblings noticed the change and followed Phantomās eyes the best they could.Ā
On the wall across from their table was an innocuous green sticky note. Jason watched as Phantom rose from his seat and floated over their table (much to his siblingsā surprise) and towards the note. He plucked it off the wall with a light frown on his face, brow furrowed in concentration. After a brief moment he scowled and crushed the note in his hand. He lulled his head over to them, annoyance clear on his face.Ā
Ā
āIs there a clocktower around here somewhere? I have someoneās ass I need to kick.ā
Notes:
i totally stole the green sticky note thing from someone i think it was Enigmaris in Ghost of Heroes so shout out to you fam.
Stephanie: So what does a dead kid like yourself do for fun
Danny: I torment this one random guy a lot lmao and also play video games
The Batkids and their one (1) collective braincell: yOu CaN pLaY vIdEo GaMeS???!!!**if you see any typos in this no you fucking didn't the grammarly on my computer isnt working and i am too dyslexic for this shit no one talk to me
Chapter 23: With Great Power (Comes Great Annoyance)
Summary:
In which Danny is served
(He is not pleased)
Notes:
Me: I sure do hate it when the fics I'm reading take forever to update
Also me: *Doesn't update for weeks*
Ā
The writer's block was so real with this one guys you don't even know. But I finally managed to write myself out of the plot hole I dug and now, hopefully, I know what I'm doing. Thank you so much for your patience with me you guys are the best! I made this chapter a bit longer so yay.
anyway enjoy <3
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Duke wasnāt⦠exactly sure what was going on, but like most things with his siblings, he was content to sit back and roll with it. Stephanie had dragged him to dinner with her and the others, claiming they needed to āshovel talk the hell out of Timmyās future waifuā and Duke was always down with pancakes.Ā
Phantom was⦠weird . In all honesty, Duke wasnāt entirely sure what to make of him. He had this ethereal sort of glow about him, a soft but almost blinding white light that surrounded him. It seemed to radiate outward from his chest and Duke couldnāt help but think it was one of the most beautiful things he had ever seen. Unlike most bright lights that hurt his eyes, this one seemed to soothe them, spreading across his body like a cool frost. It was a powerful cold but not a painful one. It was like ice water after peppermint in the middle of the summer.Ā
The ghost himself (And wow. Ghosts. Of course. Why not?) was pretty laid back from what Duke could tell. He laughed at Stephanieās mildly intrusive questions, hummored Damian and his grouchy demeanor, and placated Dickās worry with confident ease. Then the sticky note showed up and some of Phantomās easy charm seemed to waver. His eyes seemed to grow colder and the soothing light that seemed to emanate from him (the light Duke was about 98% sure the rest of his siblings could not see) seemed to burn a little bit harsher. Duke winced.Ā
āIs there a clocktower around here somewhere? I have someoneās ass I need to kick.ā Phantom asked, voice stiffer than it had been moments ago. Tim was the first to recover.Ā
āWhy? Is someone here? Skulker? Someone else?ā Tim asked, only sounding slightly frantic. Jason groaned.Ā
āIt better not be fucking Skulker. If I see that metal death trap again Iām moving to Star City,ā Jason grumbled angrily, throwing an arm over his eyes in typical dramatic fashion. Stephanie smirked at him.
āTo be with Roy?ā She teased in a singsony fashion, only narrowly doging Jasonās swing at her face.Ā
āFuck off, Blondie,ā Jason hissed. (He didnāt deny it. Duke smiled to himself silently).Ā
āNo,ā Phantom chuckled lightly. āItās definitely not Skulker. He doesnāt have enough brain cells for this.ā Dick raised an eyebrow.Ā
āWhat do you mean?ā Dick asked, apprehension in his voice. Duke noticed the drawn lines in his shoulders and the worry on his face and couldnāt help but think Dick was picking up some of Bruceās more adoption prone tendencies. Phantom sighed languidly in response.Ā
āThereās this one ghost that occasionally sends me weird, unhelpful, cryptic messages through green sticky notes. Usually they involve me doing some kind of random task to, and I quote, āguide the capricious ebb and flow of time towards the most favorable outcomeā. However, this note is incredibly dull and straight to the point, hence itās definitely not the usual asshole," Phantom explained lazily, as if commenting on some mundane chore he had been tasked with. Dick leaned forward pensively.Ā
āSo itās a trap?ā He asked. (Duke watched in humor as the faces of his siblings hardened. It seemed they had all managed to grow fond of Phantom in the short time they had known him.) Phantom shrugged.Ā
āI was gonna say someone stole his stationary but yeah; trap works.āĀ
āWeāre coming with you,ā Tim declared valiantly. Duke caught a glimpse of Stephanie barely reigning in a snort. Phantom just shrugged again.Ā
āOkay. Itās probably gonna be boring though. Only a couple ghosts would have any way to get a hold of the sticky notes and even fewer would know theyāre a viable way of getting my attention. Itās probably just Ghost Writer having a mid-death crisis again or something,ā Phantom explained, rising easily into the air, preparing for his departure.Ā
āGhost Writer?ā Damian asked. Phantom nodded.Ā
āYeah. I have money on him being the ghost of Charles Dickens but one of my friends thinks he's much more Edgar Allen Poe.ā Duke barely concealed a laugh as he watched Jason blue screen across from him.Ā
āYou know the ghost of Charles Dickens and/or Edgar Allen Poe?ā Jason asked quietly, slight reverence in his voice. Phantom, for his part, merely shrugged yet again. (Duke noticed heād been doing a lot of that lately.) Jason stood up abruptly from the table, his knees knocking against the wood and causing the dishes to clatter loudly.Ā
Ā
āWeāre coming with you!āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
Danny wasnāt exactly thrilled with the idea of the entire Bat-clan coming along for his āwhoās trying to kill me this week world tourā but cāest la vie. With only mildly confusing/frantic/unhelpful directions from every single person currently following/leading him (with the exception of Black Bat, who had said a grand total of zero words all night and whose presence Danny was beginning to believe he was hallucinating), Danny managed to make it to the abandoned clock tower.Ā
The frankly useless message of āWe need to talk. Meet me at the towerā was probably the worst bait heād ever heard. Still, it was better to check it out then have Gotham get pissy with him for having unscheduled drama in her city. (He was still absolutely floored he had managed to get into her good graces and he didnāt believe she was the type for second chances.)Ā
The clock tower was pretty much how he expected it to be: largely abandoned, quite a bit dusty, slightly damp, and all around underwhelming. The only thing out of place was the looming, cloaked figure hovering in the center of the room. Danny sighed.Ā
āYou know, there are easier ways of getting ahold of me,ā Danny said blandly, crossing his arms. The figure turned, cloak billowing out around it from nonexistent wind. Danny rolled his eyes at the dramatics.Ā
āPhantom,ā the being hissed, static mixing into its voice. Behind him, the bats and birds tensed in anticipation of a fight. While Danny was touched at their willingness to back him up, he was rather hoping this didnāt escalate that far. The figure reached up with gnarled hands, thin, crooked fingers grasping the edge of their hood and slowly pulling it back. At the reveal, Danny couldnāt help the spike of irritation that shot through him.Ā
Ā
āAre you kidding me?!āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
Tim wasnāt sure what he was expecting when Phantom had dragged them off to the clock tower to, supposedly, ābeat someoneās assā but a floating eyeball had definitely not been at the top of his list. Wouldnāt have even made the top ten, honestly.Ā
Phantom, however, seemed more annoyed with this supposed threat than anything else. At the removal of the floating beingās hood, he had thrown his hands up into the air and began pacing in exasperation.Ā
āYou guys know I have a phone right? You couldnāt have just texted me? ā Phantom asked, irritation heavy in his voice. āOr, I donāt know, left a voicemail? Just about anything other than this?ā The floating eyeball in question seemed displeased at Phantomās outburst.Ā
āYour presence is required,ā the being said (how, Tim didnāt know and honestly didnāt want to). Despite its lack of mouth, the being spoke in a raspy, nasally, voice that seemed to charge the air. Phantom just rolled his eyes.Ā
āOh yeah? What for?ā He asked almost mockingly. The cloaked eyeball extended a green arm. Clutched in its hand was a rolled up scroll of some kind. A frosty blue parchment that seemed to almost glow in the darkness of the clock tower. Phantom glared at the scroll, eyes flicking between it and the eyeball, before he snatched it away from the thing (ghost?) and opened it to read. His eyes scanned the page, widening slightly before he turned back to the eye with a sharp glare.Ā
āYou baited me here, under false pretences, in the middle of the night, to serve me a fucking subpeana?? ā
āItās not a subpoena,ā the eye informed him in the same nasally, irritated monotone. Phantom opened the scroll again.Ā
āāThe council requires your presence in the Court of Agarath on the eve of the solstice to discuss the trial of Vortex the Destroyerā Iām sorry, how is that not a subpoena?ā Phantom questioned as he finished reading from the scroll. Tim shared a concerned glance with his siblings. There was a lot going on and Tim was pretty sure heād only understood half of it but the number one thing that was currently rattling around in his mind was ghost court .Ā
āYou are not being asked to give testimony,ā the eyeball supplied blandly. Phantom seemed less than impressed with the eyeballās argument if his raised eyebrow was anything to go by.Ā
āOh, so itās jury duty. Like that makes it any better,ā Phantom complained.Ā
āYou are not serving on a jury,ā the eyeball responded. Phantom groaned.Ā
āThe solstice isnāt until December. Thatās over a month away. Why, pray tell, did you feel the need to inform me of this now ?ā Phantom asked, crossing his arms. The eyeball just stared at him. Phantom stared back. Tim wasā¦at a loss for what exactly was happening. Taking in his siblingsā faces, it seemed as though they were just as lost as Tim was (which really didnāt make him feel that much better). Phantom sighed, pinching the bridge of his nose.Ā
āYāknow what? Whatever. Fine. Iāll be there. But next time, for the love of the Ancients, can you please just text me?ā Phantom begged. The eyeball seemed oddly pleased with itself at Phantomās acquiescence. In lieu of an answer, the strange being simply vanished into thin air, much like Tim had seen Phantom do. The ghostly teen let out a frustrated groan before turning back to Tim and his siblings.Ā
āYou see the shit I have to put up with,ā Phantom ranted, gesturing loosely to the spot where the eyeball had previously been. āUnbelievable. The absolute nerve. I go through all the trouble of getting cell data to the zone and they still show up to pester me on account of ātraditionā,ā Phantom scoffed.Ā
āWho was that?ā Jason asked. Tim couldnāt see his face, as he had put his helmet back on, but he almost seemedā¦nervous? Phantom waved his hand dismissively.Ā
āJust an Observant. Theyāre like the FBI of the Ghost Zone. And they love giving me grief.ā Phantom explained. However, his explanation seemed to only agitate Jason further. Dick noticed it too.Ā
āHood? What is it?ā Dick asked, reaching over to place a hand on his brotherās shoulder. Jason looked at Dick, then the floor, and then finally back up to Phantom.Ā
āPhantomā¦that⦠thing, ā Jason started, swallowing nervously around his words.Ā
Ā
āIt wanted to kill you.āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
Stephanie decided that she rather liked Timās new boy toy. He was exciting, good looking, funny, and he was already dead so Tim wouldnāt be spending every waking moment worrying about him (although it seemed like that would be happening anyway). She had been apprehensive at first, after all what kind of guy would be able to get Tim to lie to Batman, for weeks on end at that. But after meeting him, she was pleasantly surprised.Ā
Ā
It would be a real bummer if some asshole ghost offed him before Tim realized he was in love with the white haired teen.Ā
Ā
āWhat do you mean āIt wanted to kill youā?ā Stephanie asked, rounding on Jason. Beside her, Cass tensed and Damian seemed to snarl. Their protective anger was cut off by a bright laugh. Stephanie looked over to find Phantom practically in stitches over Jason's assessment. His laugh was clear and seemed to echo around the room, taking up as much space as possible. After he managed to collect himself, he whipped a tear from his eye.Ā
āYou guys are hilarious. I appreciate the concern, really,ā Phantom started, a light smile on his face. āAnd, side barring how you managed to pick up on that,ā Phantom said, gesturing to Jason with slightly narrowed eyes, āOf course he wanted to kill me. The Observants hate me . Theyāre just pissy because they know they canāt,ā Phantom said. Stephanie was not assured.Ā
āWhat do you mean āthey canātā?ā She asked indignantly. Phantom just chuckled.Ā
āTheyāve been trying to get rid of me since I was 14. Trust me, they are not about to start succeeding now,ā Phantom said. Tim buried his head in his hands.Ā
āThatās so much worse. You get how that makes it worse , right?ā He asked, voice muffled slightly by his hands. Phantom shot him a sympathetic look but didnāt say anything to the contrary. Stephanie caught the look of resignation that crossed his face and Stephanie realized that Phantom had been dealing with āworseā for a very long time.Ā
āWell, this has been fun, but I have ghost things to do and Iām sure you all have superhero things to do so Iāll be off. I assume Iāll see some of you at the Justice League meeting slash interrogation Batman is dragging me to?ā Phantom asked, eyebrows raised. Stephanie along with the rest of her teammates nodded. Phantom smiled brightly.Ā
āGreat! Well, Iāll see you guys around!ā And with that the ghost boy vanished from sight, eerily similar to the way the eyeball had before.
Ā
Notes:
the batkids: what do you mean these things want to kill you????!!
danny: lmao they can fuckin TRY
Ā
me: I shall pepper in the jayroy ***
Ā
Danny: o.o
Cass: o.o
Chapter 24: Born to Live (Born to Die)
Summary:
In which Bruce gets a message...
Notes:
heyyy guess who isn't dead? Updates might be slow for the foreseeable future as I have *school* and made the silly goofy mistake of taking ap bc calc :) anyway heres *this*. I am going to cause so many problems for our lil guy >:)
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
āYouāre playing a dangerous game.āĀ
Bruce whipped around at the sudden voice. He was in the Watch Tower on monitor duty, dutifully (if idly) completing his shift. He was meant to be alone.Ā
āShow yourself,ā he called to the seemingly empty room, batarang in hand.Ā
Ā
He received no response.Ā
Ā
Unsettled, he chose to chalk the strange voice up to sleep deprivation. He really had been awake far too long. However, just as he made to turn back to the monitors, a sharp chill crawled up his spine; a sudden pang of terror bloomed in his chest and for the first time in a good while, primal fear encased his heart.Ā Ā
Bruceās HUD showed no poisons in his system, so he kept his wits about him as he scanned the monitor room. (He tried to ignore the sinking feeling in his chest that told him something was very wrong.)
āWhy was he here? What did he tell you?ā The voice seemed to hiss. It echoed around the room, coming from everywhere all at once making it impossible for Bruce to pinpoint the speaker.Ā
āWho?ā Bruce askecd cautiously. His question was met with an uncomfortable, oppressive silence. After a few minutes, he opened his mouth to ask again but was cut off by the harsh, grating voice.Ā
āYou canāt trust him. He lies ,ā the voice explained, almost condesedingly. Frustration began to bubble up in Bruceās chest.Ā
āWho lies?ā He demanded. The voice continued on as if he hadnāt spoken.Ā
āLiar, liar, liar. Arrogant, foolish, insolentā¦ā The voice trails of into harsh whispers that Bruce couldnāt hear. Malicious mutterings echoed in the room. A warning. A promise.Ā
āHeās stronger than heāll ever tell you,ā the voice pick up again, rising in volume. āYou will underestimate him. He will keep you in the dark about his real power. Right up until it is far too late. He will burn your world to the ground. He will betray you; just as he did me.ā The voice told him, bitter and hateful. Full ofĀ vengful spite that Bruce knew all too well.Ā
āWhy are you telling me this?ā Bruce asked the crazed voice. He didnāt know who was speaking or what their intentions were, but he was never one to ignore the threat of betrayal. He had learned that lesson far too many times. A sharp sting of wind cut across his face and although he couldnāt see whoever was speaking, he could sense their presence directly in front of him. Bruce clenched his jaw and fists in order to keep himself from flinching as he felt the breath of the speaker brush against his ear.
āYou shouldnāt make deals with the dead, Bruce Wayne,ā the voice said, words full of malice and simmering hatred. Bruce stiffened at the use of his name, new fear of this voice, this creature, rising in his chest.Ā
āThey take, and take, and take. Until nothing is left. The dead are hungry. And the one you have met has the power to eat your world.ā Ā
And then, as suddenly as the voice had come, the opressive fear in the air was gone. And Bruce was alone.Ā
Ā
š¢Ā
Ā
John Constantine liked to imagine himself a practical man. Sure, he made some (many) bad choices. He played with things he wasnāt ment to and stuck his painfully mortal nose where it didnāt belong. He dicked about with unholy creatures and demons and beings that were simply way above his pay grade.Ā
Ā
But he was careful to never, never , mess with ghosts.Ā
Ā
There just wasnāt any good lore about them. No solid facts. Some books said salt would work, others said you needed iron, and a few even said that a specific species of roses was the best way to subdue them (though, John wasnāt putting a lot of stock in the flower power idea). They were testy and emotional beings. Nobody was exactly sure how they were made. Were they just dead people? Could they be created? What circumstances made it possible for someone to become a ghost? On top of that, nobody really knew what they were capable of. Was the disappearing act Phantom pulled all he could really do? Or was there something more ?Ā
There were too many unknowns. Too many variables and uncertainties so John had made a point to not get too involved in ghostly afairs. With demons you always can bet on them trying to kill you. Gods ususally wanted to make your life suck for their entertainment. Faeries usually wanted to perform some variation of the same ritual and consume your soul. All other beings had rules and behavioral traits that made them easy to predict and therefore out-wit. Ghosts? Ghosts had no such rules.Ā
Ā
And that made them dangerous.Ā
Ā
Learning that Phantom was, in fact, an actual phantom , had not been the most pleasant of surprises. He seemed different than all the minimal ghost lore John had read, making him even more of a wild card. While Phantom seemed like a good, innocent kid that wanted to do the right thing, John had learnt the hard way that appearances could be deceiving, especially when it came to supernatural beings.Ā
Ā
He didnāt want to make the same mistake twice.Ā
Ā
John looked out the bay window of the House. Their meeting with Phantom was in a few hours. He supposed he should do his best to be prepared.Ā
Ā
š¢Ā
Ā
āI donāt like this,ā Jazz said for the hundredth time. She and Danny were sitting on the roof of the school. It was an early saturday morning and the fresh light cast a warm glow over Amity. The school was one of the tallest buildings in the little town, aside from the old Observatory on the hill and the bank, and was neatly placed almost directly in the center of Amity Park. It created a good view.Ā
āI donāt have many other choices, Jazz,ā Danny told her softly, blue eyes cast downward over their town. Jazz pursed her lips. She didnāt pretend to understand the weight of responsibility that pressed down on Dannyās shoulders. Between school, keeping his secret from their parents, hiding from the government, balancing the responsibilities of the Zone, the constant fights and challenges from other ghosts, and now the pestering presenance of the Justice Leagueā¦Ā
Jazz didnāt want to have to pick up the pieces of her brother once this was all over. (But she knew she would. If Danny cracked, Jazz would carefully stitch the sharp shards of him back together. She would do it without hesitation.)Ā
Danny had never had the chance to really be a kid, just as she hadnāt either. But there had always been something just a little bit more to Danny. Even when he was a little baby, swaddled up in Jazzās toddler arms, he had been different. Different in the way he tracked movement better than most kids his age did. Different in the way he never really cried as a baby or a little kid. Jazz remembered crying all the time. Crying at how unfair it was. Crying at the big emotions in her tiny, 6 year old chest that she didnāt really understand other than they hurt. Not Danny. Danny didnāt cry when he was sick or when he hurt himself. He didnāt cry when he was scared or upset. Jazz could count on one hand the number of times sheād seen Danny cry. And she couldnāt count a single time Danny had given up.Ā
When Jazz was around 9 and Danny was about 7, they had wandered into the woods behind the town. It was a hot, humid summer morning and Danny had wanted to go exploring. So Jazz packed a backpack of sandwiches and a water bottle and off they had went; adventuring. She didnāt remember many of the details of their excursion into the woods. She remembered it had been quiet and it had been hot. They had walked what felt like acres into the woods (although it was probably only a mile or two), Danny swinging a stick back and forth pretending to hack his way through a jungle while Jazz idly trailed behind.Ā
Somewhere along the way, Jazzās foot had been caught up in a root and she had tripped, falling into Danny and sending them both tumbling down a slight hill. Jazz had broken her ankle and knocked her head in the fall. Danny was scratched up badly, having taken the brunt of the thorny bushes in the fall, and had a bloody nose.Ā
Jazz knew she had to have been crying, screaming in pain at her ankle. They were both roughed up pretty good, miles into the woods with no phone or radio, their parents not even knowing they were gone. It had just made her cry harder.Ā
Not Danny. Danny had just whipped his nose on his sleeve and stood up. Jazz remembered looking up at him through her tears and telling him to go get help and leave her there.Ā
Danny had looked her in the eyes and told her, with more determination than a seven year old should have been able to muster up, that he wasnāt going to leave her alone.Ā
Danny had pulled her onto his back and carried her out of the woods that day. She had probably weighed a good 15 pounds more than him and had at least 6 inches on him in height, but he hadnāt set her down once.Ā
Danny had always been different from other kids. He had always been something just a little bit more . (And a deep, dark part of Jazz thinks her brother had been born to die in that portal. Had lived for the purpose of becoming who he was now. And she hated that she wasnāt able to protect her sweet little brother from Fate.)
āYouāre going to be safe?ā She asked, eyes not leaving their place on the horizon. Next to her, Danny nodded.
āValerie is coming with me,ā he told her. Jazz let out a low breath.Ā
Ā
āMake sure you draw your lines in ink, Danny.ā
Notes:
so i did that...poor bruce, being tormented by /totally random guy?/ who do you think it is??? I, of course, know. But i am curious to see who you think it is in the comments. note that he IS going to cause SO MANY problems :)
Y'all like the story about the woods? y'all like how i made it super sad? yeah. Jazz is going through it.
Chapter 25: Conversations (And Compromise)
Summary:
In which it begins...
Notes:
woulda look at that, an on time update. suspicious. hope you all enjoy this lil chapter. Anyway. here :)
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Danny met Valerie at the Observatory. She was a bit more geared up than usual, or at least more obviously geared up. She wore a pistol on one thigh and a sharp hunterās knife on her other hip. She had a sword that Danny knew had been a gift from Pandora strapped across her back. In one hand, she was tapping at her phone and in the other she held a large Starbucks coffee. She glanced up when he landed in front of her, glaring at him through her helmet.Ā
āWhy am I up this early?ā Valerie demanded, placing the hand holding her phone on her hip. Danny threw up his hands in defense.Ā
āHey, I didnāt pick the meeting time.ā Although her visor was down, Danny just knew she was rolling her eyes.Ā
āListen, just cause the dead donāt sleep doesnāt mean the rest of us can go without it. I need at least 4 hours, minimum,ā she complained, pulling the edge of her mask down to take a sip of her coffee.Ā
āMaybe you should have gone to sleep earlier,ā Danny teased, knowing damn well they were both up hunting until the wee hours of the morning last night. She shot him another sharp glare.Ā
āYou better watch it, Ghost boy, or Iām gonna tell the Justice League all about your nefarious hijinks,ā she warned him dryly. Danny raised an eyebrow.Ā
āReally? Nefarious hijinks? Thatās the best you could do? You didnāt want to throw in larceny? Grand theft auto? Maybe some light trespassing?ā He asked, crossing his arms.Ā
āThanks for adding those to the rap sheet,ā Valerie deadpanned, āI love knowing about all of your criminal behavior. Do you think larceny fits under kidnapping on the list or should I put it above tax evasion?āĀ
āIāve told you before, the dead donāt pay taxes,ā Danny argued, throwing his hands up in exasperation. Valerie gave a non committal hum, turning back to her coffee. They lapsed back into silence. Joke and deflect all they want, they both knew they were just stalling for time. In a few short hours they would be in the belly of the beast: Justice League Headquarters.Ā
āYou donāt have to come, you know,ā Danny said suddenly. Valerie whipped her head up.Ā
āIf you think for one moment Iām leaving you to fend off those assholes by yourself you are sorely mistaken,ā Valerie bit out, practically spitting in anger. Danny smiled.Ā
Ā
āThanks, Red.āĀ
Ā
āAnytime.āĀ
Ā
āSo,ā Danny asked, a light smirk on his face, āyou ready to get this show on the road?āĀ
āUgh,ā Valerie groaned, āstop making that stupid face, you look like a dipshit.ā Nevertheless, she walked over to him and climbed on his back in a piggy back. Was it the most graceful mode of transportation? No. Was she going to fall off as he flew long distances? Also no. They had experimented with different carrying holds over the years and while Danny was easily able to hold her in whatever position for however long (thank you ghost strength), it was really a matter of making sure Valerie didnāt get too uncomfortable. Hence: piggy back.Ā
āYou do know where youāre going, right?ā Valerie questioned. Danny looked back at him and made a so so motion with his hand.Ā
āVaguely.ā Valerie rolled her eyes.Ā
āYou can breathe in space, right?ā He asked her, only half joking. Valerie froze.Ā
āCan I breathe in what?ā Without waiting for her to fully process, he took off, phasing through the roof of the Observatory, cackling as Valerieās shouts were lost to the October wind.Ā
Ā
š¢Ā
Ā
Bruce was⦠apprehensive. Phantom was due to arrive any minute and as he looked around at the faces of his fellow Leaguers, he couldnāt help but feel like he had made some kind of grave mistake.Ā
āYou shouldnāt make deals with the dead, Bruce Wayne. They take, and take, and take. Until nothing is left. The dead are hungry. And the one you have met has the power to eat your world. āĀ
He shudders involuntarily at the memory of the voice. He didnāt know what to make of the warning. He had checked every camera they had, thermal and all, and despite none of their computers or footage being tampered with, there was simply no evidence of any one being there. Bruce had been alone.Ā
Ā
It unnerved him more than it should have.
Ā
Logically, he knew it must have been another ghost; an enemy of Phantomās. Although, whether or not that enemy was on their side or just against Phantom remained to be seen.Ā
He had meant to keep the meeting group small. Superman, Wonder Woman, Constantine, Captain Marvel, and himself. However, Tim and Dick had both managed to weasel their way into the meeting. Still, he supposed it could be worse; all of his children could be coming.Ā Ā
Bruce didnāt exactly know how Phantom would arrive. Tim had been the one in contact with him (the idea that his son was regularly and easily texting with a ghost was concerning on numerous levels). The meeting was scheduled to be on the Watch Tower, after all. However, when asked, Tim had simply said that Phantom had assured him he āhad a wayā.Ā
Bruce hadnāt expected this to be the way.Ā
At exactly 7 am Eastern Standard Time, Phantom came careening through the large floor to ceiling window in the meeting room. Bruce and the rest of the Leaguers present had all jumped to their feet at his sudden entrance. More concerning however, was the figure dressed in red that practically fell off of him the moment his feet touched the ground. Phantom had promptly risen back into the air the moment he had deposited his passenger, who proceeded to bend over and cough, taking in large gasps of air. Phantom looking distinctly amused.
Superman reacted first, starting to go towards the figure in red, an āare you okay?ā clearly on his tongue, but before he had a chance to offer his concern and ask, the figure collected themselves and promptly started screaming at Phantom.Ā
ā Are you trying to kill me, you absolute maniac??ā Rising to their full height, Bruce was able to better assess the figure. She seemed to be a young woman, dressed exclusively in a strange red material from head to foot. She wasnāt incredibly tall, standing in at about 5ā2ā but Bruce could see her muscle definition even through the suit.Ā
āYou werenāt going to die,ā Phantom responded in what would have been a placating manner if not for the obvious amusement in his voice.Ā
ā YOU DONāT KNOW THAT!ā The woman shrieked, throwing her hands up in the air. She looked up at her hands suddenly, as if something was meant to be in them, and a new rage seemed to fill her.Ā
āPhantom,ā she said quietly, a low edge to her voice. āWhereās my coffee?ā At this, Phantom rolled his eyes. And, to the general horror of everyone in the room, he reached inside his chest and pulled out a perfectly fine large coffee cup, steam still rising from the top. The woman in red eyed it critically before taking it.Ā
āYouāre getting off this time,ā she told him sinisterly. Phantom only nodded.Ā
Bruce cleared his throat, hoping to regain some sense of control of this meeting. In light of his⦠encounter with the strange voice only hours before, he had a couple of questions he needed answered.Ā
āPhantom,ā he greeted coolly. The ghost nodded his head, sending a light wave to Tim and Dick. Bruce glanced at Phantom's compalinion, who had steeled herself behind him, almost like a bodyguard. Bruce opened his mouth to address it, but Wonder Woman beat him to it.Ā
āWho is your companion, Phantom?ā She asked, not bothering to hide the slight sneer in her voice. Phantom, with rather blasĆ© nonchalance, merely turned to glance at the woman in red behind him.Ā
āOh,ā he said lightly, āthis is the Red Huntress,ā he told them, turning back to their group with a sharp look in his eyes and a predatory looking smile. āSheās kind of like my lawyer.āĀ
āI most certainly am not,ā the woman in red deadpanned. Phantom rolled his eyes.Ā
āI said ākind ofā,ā he justified. Batman couldnāt see the womanās eyes, but if he could, he had a feeling she would be rolling them.Ā
āAlright, listen,ā Constantine started, stepping forward and away from his seat at the meeting table. āWe could spend all day justifying the validity of whatever relationship you two have, but I personally have better things to do. So letās just get this show on the road, yeah?āĀ
āOf course,ā Phantom responded cordially. āAsk away.ā There was a tense pause.Ā
āWhat do you mean?ā Superman asked. Phantom smiled again, that same, shark-like grin that unnerved Bruce.Ā
āWell, you have questions. Ask them and then Iāll decide if I want to give you the answer.āĀ
āThatās not how this-ā Wonder Woman started but was immediately cut off by the Red Huntress.Ā
āNo, that is how this is going to work. You lot have dragged us up here, to space , at literal buttfuck oāclock in the morning, after kidnapping Phantom multiple times, under the pretense of a āfresh startā in your relationship. In all previous meetings, you , the Justice League, have controlled the terms of engagement fully. Now, we are here to negotiate and meet under equal terms. That means that you can ask all the questions you want, but Phantom is under no obligation to answer any of them and can leave at any time. Thatās how this is going to work. And if that doesnāt float your boat, princess, then we can pop right back down to Earth and never hear from any of you again.ā The Huntress concluded her speech by crossing her arms and tilting her chin up at them. She was easily the shortest in the room, with even Tim standing above her, but there was an air of defiance to her that demanded respect.Ā
(And Bruce was not at all convinced that she wasnāt Phantomās lawyer.)Ā
āSo,ā the red clad woman started, Phantom silently moving behind her, giving her the floor.Ā
Ā
āShall we begin?ā
Notes:
I know it's a bit of a cliff hanger but I wanted to make sure you had SOMETHING. When i tell you i absolutely LOVE danny and val's relationship. Make them besties your honor. Frenemies. I want them to hate each other so much it circles back around to like. They are the real dynamic duo of this fic.
No one:
me at wonder woman: >:(i love her, i just need another "antagonist" and batman is already having enough crises.
Chapter 26: Catch Me if I Fall (Hold Me When I Do)
Summary:
In which Danny runs into an "old friend".
Notes:
Look at that an update. Wow. amazing. fantastic. wild. anyway hope you all like this one. Idk Im not vibing w the JLA at the moment. So nosy. making me annoyed writing them smh. but alas. we must perservere. the ending on this is kinda. ratchet. but i figured some chapter was better than no chapter. hope you all enjoy :)
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Billy Batson liked to think he was a pretty practical kid. You know, for being a secret prepubescent homeless superhero. He was pretty good at reading people, if he did say so himself and the vibes he was picking up from Phantom and the scary lady in red wereā¦conflicting.Ā
Now, Billy has spent a lot of time learning about body language. A lot of time observing his fellow heroes of the Justice League, a lot of time observing their sidekicks. A lot of time casting watchful eyes over adults who poked and prodded at his business with fake concern and faker smiles. And Billy had been in the room with gods before. He knew what it was to look up at a being or deity with more power than should be possible.Ā
And when Billy cast Captain Marvelās too blue eyes over Phantom as he barreled into the Watchtower, Billy could say two things for certain:Ā
Ā
- Phantom was powerful, dangerous, and unlike anything else theyād ever seen.Ā
- Phantom was just like him.Ā
Ā
Billy had spent the last two years growing into Captain Marvelās skin; tiptoeing around the Justice League and Batman, pretending to be older, wiser, stronger, better. Now, Billy didnāt know exactly what Phantom was, what his intentions were, or if he could even trust him, but Billy knew what it was to be strapped into a suit of super powered armor.Ā
Phantom was good at hiding it. Very good. So much so that Billy wondered for a bit if he was just imagining it; so lonely in his jacked up double life that he was reaching for someone, anyone , to have even a fraction of an idea of what it was to walk two sides of the same line. But Captain Marvel made eye contact with Phantom about half way through the lady in redās scary verbal beat down of Wonder Woman and Billy knew. Billy knew from the tiredness in his eyes, the wariness in his poster. The micro-expressions of stress that came not from just hiding something, but hiding something for your safety.Ā
He looked at the faces of his fellow Leaguers. The grim expression that seemed constant on Batmanās face, the open neutrality of superman, the shark-like, distrusting state of Wonder Woman, the feigned boredom and nervousness of Constantine. He turned his gaze to Batmanās associates; Nightwing seemed apprehensive, but distinctly amused with the situation. Red Robin seemed frayed in a way no one else in the room was, fidgeting with something on his glove, the whites of his domino glued to Phantom. Billy kept his expression neutral as he glanced back at Phantom. Those two knew something. Ā
Now, Billyās next actions could be described by some as āstupidā and āimpulsiveā but Billy had made a superhero carrier out of stupid and impulsive and he wasnāt dead yet.Ā
āPhantom,ā Captain Marvelās voice echoed across the meeting room of the Watchtower, a familiar glint in his voice. Phantom raised a challenging eyebrow at his tone.Ā
Ā
āIt is good to see you again, my friend.āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
Danny looked the hero he vaguely recognized as Captain Marvel up and down. The room had stilled and Danny knew he only had seconds to formulate a response to the hero before things gotā¦weird. Danny remembered Sam fan-girling about him at one point, claiming he was the āChampion of Magicā or something. Danny knew Captain Marvel was supposed to be old. Like, old old. It clicked in Dannyās mind. Phantom was supposed to be old old. Phantom locked eyes with Captain Marvel for a brief moment, and in those too blue to be human eyes, Danny saw the shadow of something else behind them. Danny made his decision.Ā
āCaptain,ā Danny remarked in the same familiar tone, his face splitting into a grin. The something behind Captain Marvelās eyes shifted and Danny knew he made the right choice. This was going to be fun.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
āYou two know each other?ā Clark asked next to him. Bruce let his gaze slide over to Captain Marvel who was still standing, a light grin on his face as he looked at Phantom. There was a lot that Bruce didnāt know about his co-worker, and while he had been meaning to⦠investigate , for some time now, other, more pressing things had always come up. Besides, Diana said he needed to trust his teammates more.Ā
Ā
He was regretting his lack of information now.Ā
Ā
āOf course,ā Phantom answered easily, āI mean the Champion of Magic and the Champion of the Dead? We get along famously.āĀ
āWhen was the last time we saw each other? Rome?ā Captain Marvel asked candidly. Phantom shook his head.Ā
āNo, I think it was Ithaca,ā Phantom argued back. Captain Marvel considered this before nodding.Ā
āYouāre right, my mistake. I forgot about the cult thing,ā Captain Marvel said easily. Phantom groaned.Ā
āHow could you forget about those wack jobs? I still have nightmares about them. And Iām dead! ā Phantom exclaimed. Captain Marvel merely shrugged.Ā
āIt probably helps that I wasn't the one being sacrificed,ā Marvel said with a smug grin on his face. Phantom shot him a dirty look.Ā
āYou said you werenāt going to mention that again.ā Captain Marvel just grinned wider.Ā
āOkay, as fun as this is, boys , we have work to do,ā the Red Huntress cut in, grabbing Phantom by the shoulder and dragging him to some of the empty chairs at the other end of the table. Phantom groaned and muttered something in another language but complied. Captain Marvel seemed amused by their antics and sat down as well.Ā
Superman awkwardly cleared his throat and tried to broach the topic.Ā
āSo, Captain Marvel, how long have you known Phantom?ā Captain Marvel squinted at Superman as if trying to understand the question. After a moment he sighed and ran his hand through his hair.Ā
āTime gets⦠strange when youāre immortal. Lifetimes, minutes, they get mixed up,ā Captain Marvel shrugs and Bruce wants to slam his head into a wall.Ā
āIād say at least a couple millennia,ā Phantom replied easily, crossing his arms behind his head and leaning back in his chair.Ā
āGive or take,ā Captain Marvel agreed.Ā
āHow come you didnāt recognize Phantom at the briefing I gave two months ago?ā Bruce questioned, voice tired.Ā
āWe havenāt seen each other in a couple centuries,ā Captain Marvel told him, shrugging off the question easily. āPlus the picture you showed was pretty distorted. It hardly looked like him.āĀ
Bruce had to give him that one.Ā
āSo youāve really been alive for thousands of years,ā Tim butted in, abruptly and unexpectedly. All parties at the table turned to him but he didnāt back down from his question. Phantom gave him a bitter smile.Ā
āNo,ā he said softly, placatingly. He turned back to the group. āIām dead, remember?āĀ
The air became still again, the burst of energy from Marvel and Phantomās bantering quickly extinguished. Superman cleared his throat.Ā
āRight. So, Phantom, we were hoping you would be willing to ask a couple questions?ā Clark said, his voice lifting in question at the end. Phantom shrugged.
āItās a relatively free country,ā he said easily. The Red Huntress snorted from behind him.Ā
āSo, what can you tell us about ghosts?ā Superman asked. Phantom looked unimpressed.Ā
āVery little.āĀ
āWhy?ā Diana butted in, voice heavy with distrust. While Bruce did wish she was lessā¦openly hostile, he did understand where she was coming from. The dead were a very taboo subject in Greek mythology. Ghosts were something Diana had been taught to fear, as they were malicious tricksters in her culture. She wouldnāt warm up to Phantom easily; if at all. Phantom didnāt seem too offended at her hostility (although Bruce could swear the woman in red was glaring daggers at Diana).Ā
āGhosts are a dangerous crowd, yes,ā Phantom started. āBut our entire existence is built on the fact that there is very little recorded information on us. Ask your magic user how much he really knows. If you think Iām going to hand over the keys to some of the greatest kept secrets of the supernatural world just because you āasked nicelyā, youāre out of your mind.āĀ
Ā
And well. Bruce couldnāt argue with that.
Notes:
lmaooo. I've had billy and danny's meeting in my head for months now. idec if it makes absolutely no sense. I think billy SHOULD be able to clock danny as some teenage dirt bag immediately i think it's so funny. the parallels between them kills me. im gonna milk some good angst out of that shit. I will be uploading some quality memes on tumblr later on this chapter cause i think it's so funny. yall knew this was self indulgent. its in the tags. I do what i want.
anyway maybe ill see you next week (given my track record rn probably not but one can hope). have a good rest of your week :)
Chapter 27: To Burn (To Bleed)
Summary:
In which the Justice League finally gets to ask their questions.
Notes:
This was meant to be done yesterday :( Sorry updates have been so slow, i have been *life-ing* but we are back for another chapter of my existential crisis writing. other people go to therapy, i do this :)
also, I have made some executive decisions in this chapter. We'll see how it goes. fuck it, we ball.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Valerie Gray had never met a bigger pain in her ass than Phantom. Now, she didnāt know why he and Captain Marvel were pretending to be besties (and she knew they were pretending. Phantom had definitely not been around for centuries; he was too much of an idiot to be immortal), and quite honestly she didnāt care. However, she wasnāt particularly found of their entire mission here being derailed because of Phantomās impromptu comedy sketch with the Champion of Magic.Ā
After wrangling the ghost boy into his seat next to her at the frankly ridiculous table, she figured it was about time to get this death march on the road.Ā
āPhantom and I are aware that you have many questions about a wide variety of subjects. There will be some that we can answer and some we cannot. You are free to ask just about anything you like, but for the sake of preserving the peace, donāt push if we tell you no ,ā Valerie told them, lacing steel in her voice and conviction in her words. She ignored the slightly heavy beating of her heart and she ignored the feeling of her blood running too hot in her veins.Ā
āYou said almost anything. Whatās off the table so we know to avoid it?ā Superman said amicably. Valerie pushed down the anxiety in her chest because oh my god she was talking to Superman and nodded to Phantom in deferment. He was the picky one about these things. Phantom rubbed the back of his neck semi-sheepishly. He paused for a moment, chewing his words in his mouth, debating them.Ā
āDeath,ā he started, voice more quiet than Valerie ever heard it, āis, ironically, a bit of a touchy subject for ghosts.ā He looked down at his gloved hands, pensive.Ā
Ā
āIād rather you didnāt ask about mine.āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
Tim was, in short, having a break down. A true crisis in more ways than one. Over the past several weeks, Tim had been fighting with himself about Phantom, for several different reasons. Phantom presented a whole slew of questions Tim didnāt really feel like answering so for a good long while, he ignored them. Pushed them down and away and hoped they would fade or disappear into nothing with time, as so many of his crushes did. Eventually, though, Tim had to face his own inner music and come to terms with the disparity of his situation: Tim liked Phantom. Like. Really , liked him.Ā
And just how was he supposed to justify liking a dead guy who was supposedly centuries old, possibly all powerful, and, did he mention, dead? By the sounds of it, Phantom had been around longer than Timās bloodline had. Sure, Phantom was kind, funny, heroic, and ethereally beautiful in a way Tim had only ever noticed when staring at the stars, but he was all of that and Tim was justā¦Tim. Coffee addict, chronic insomniac, potential high school drop out, all around cynic, and painfully normal.Ā
Ā
He meets the first guy he thinks he might really like and this is it? How shitty is that?Ā
Ā
So he pushes his thoughts about Phantom deep down into his chest and pointedly ignores all of his siblings ribbings and tries very, very hard to not think about his painfully poetic predicament. (Falling in love with death? Really? Jason would have an absolute field day).Ā
But every once in a while, Phantom does and says things that make Timās chest ache and blood burn. Times when Phantomās intoxicating green eyes catch the light in a way that makes them glow. When his snowy white hair shifts around his face like gravity doesnāt apply to him and he smiles that stupid fucking grin so bright it lights up, teeth a bit too sharp. (When he comes because Tim calls, when he waits because Tim asks, when he held Constance Loganās face between his gloved hands and told her everything was going to be okay).Ā
And other times, Phantom says things that hit Tim like a truck , concern flooding him so fast it feels like his body takes a screenshot.Ā
Ā
This is one of those times.Ā
Ā
For all he talked with Phantom about ghosts, while Tim did recognize that Phantom was dead, it never seemed to click that Phantom had died. He thought about Constanceās death, shot in the face and tortured, hurt and alone. Did Phantom have a death like that? Something bloody, gruesome and unspeakable? Tim looked across the table at the boy, quieter than Tim had ever known him to be in their short time together, almost hunched in on himself looking like he was breaking under the weight of grief and Timās heart broke clean through in his chest as he thought yes, it was something bloody .Ā
The rest of the table seemed to have the same train of thought as Tim. Dick looked like he has swallowed a lemon, face pinched in pain and distress. Constantine was distinctly miffed and Clark looked like someone had kicked his puppy. Captain Marvel didnāt look surprised but did look a little sad, which Tim supposed made sense since he apparently knew Phantom. Bruce looked just about ready to have a heart attack on the spot (though he hid it well from anyone who wasnāt a Bat) and even Dianaās face softened just a touch.Ā
The woman Phantom had brought with him, Red Huntress, seemed unamused by their reactions.Ā
āYeah, yeah, heās dead, a real tragedy, letās move on.ā Rather than being offended by her bluntness, Phantom let out a small snort.Ā
āI knew you liked me,ā he said teasingly.Ā
āI will throw you a second funeral for the sole purpose of not attending it,ā the woman told him bluntly without a hint of remorse in her voice. Phantom cackled. Tim was mildly disturbed.Ā
āSo,ā Constantine started, speaking for the first time since Phantom and his cohort arrived. āLetās get things started, shall we?āĀ
āYes, letās,ā the Red Huntress affirmed.Ā
āPhantom,ā Constantine started, āWe know you hail from a world or dimension different to our own. What can you tell us about it?ā The white haired boy paused, a thoughtful expression overtaking his face.Ā
āItās called the Infinite Realms,ā he started slowly, as if tasting each word before he spoke. āIn simple terms, itās where ghosts exist. In slightly more complex ones, itās the afterlife.āĀ
āDoes everyone go there when they die?ā Superman asked. Phantom made a so-so motion with his hands.Ā
āItās more complicated than that. Everyone dies different, so everyone's afterlife is different as well. Some might call it Heaven or Hell, but thatās too simple of an answer. The Infinite Realms are, well, Infinite . It is the fabric in between this dimension and all others; the membrane of the multiverse. Everything that lives, and everything that doesnāt, ends up there eventually.ā The table paused at Phantomās explanation; Diana seemed particularly disturbed by the revelation.Ā
āBut what of the Underworld?ā Wonder Woman asked, apprehension clear in her voice. Phantom gave her a small smile.Ā
āI know the Realms can be aā¦difficult concept to grasp. The very principle goes against what you know. First, you must know only certain people and beings become ghosts; itās actually a rather small percentage. Not everything in the Realms has lived and died, some of it simply is . Most peoplesā souls enter the Realms as kind ofā¦apparitions, I suppose. For most people, whatever sort of afterlife they believe in is where they end up. Again, infinite. Heaven, Hell, the Underworld, the Duat, Purgatory, or even just a void of nothingness. They donāt really become ghosts. More of spirits, existing quietly in their own corner of eternity. Eventually, their souls simply fold into the mesh of the Realms. Itās a peaceful passing on.ā
Diana seemed mildly content with this answer. Tim supposes it might just be because she knows thereās nothing she can do to change death. Clark asked the next question.Ā
āYou said not everything in the Realms is a ghost,ā he started. Phantom seemed to know where he was going with it.Ā
āThere are different types of ghosts, to begin with, but beyond that, there are some beings that are ābornā, for lack of a better word, in the Realms. It is not a place where souls go to die. In addition, since the Realms house all forms of afterlives, it holds things like demons, angels, gods, etc. Again, it is infinite.ā
āWell, Iāve been to Hell. Was it actually the Infinite Realms, as you call them?ā Constantine asked, twirling a cigarette between his fingers. Phantom looked him up and down.Ā
āThe Realms arenāt exactly uniform in appearance. You very well could have been in a pocket of Hell in the Realms, but since you are human and not dead, it would have been just that; a pocket. A small sliver. Like stepping in a cosmic puddle.āĀ
āI have a question,ā Dick said next to Tim, speaking up for the first time. Phantomās green eyes trailed over to them.Ā
āYou said not everyone becomes a ghost. Can I ask who does?āĀ
The temperature in the room dipped slightly, Phantomās features buzzing ever so slightly around the edges. The woman in red grabbed his wrist and the slight blurriness to his features subsided, like a camera refocusing. Phantom took a breath.Ā
āSorry, you donāt have to answer,ā Dick started, apology clear in his tone.Ā
āNo, itās alright,ā Phantom said. He looked each of the Leaguers in the eyes, holding a steady gaze with Bruce in particular. He opened his mouth to speak when, out of nowhere, a bright light filled the room. The woman in red leapt up first, the blaster on her hip already drawn. The Justice League also stood on edge, weapons at the ready.Ā
Ā
When the light dimmed, Phantom was nowhere to be found.Ā
Ā
Notes:
congratulations braindead shippers, you have another one. I'll update the tags if I actually get them together, which who's to say, but here. Have some *spice*.
also me sequestering danny off to unknown lands for the THRID time in this fic. where is he now? No one knows. Thanks for reading, and see you in the future! :) <3
Chapter 28: To Fight Gods (To Win)
Summary:
In which Valerie Gray
Notes:
bitches, bros, and nonbinary hoes, I am, in fact, alive. amazing.
I know I said updates on Wednesdays but I figured you guys have waited long enough for this. Long chapter as my penance. Sorry for being away so long, your girl has been trying to get into college (and I succeeded so bars for me). Anyway, hope to be back with more of this in the coming weeks. Thanks for all of your lovely comments, love, and support. Love you and thanks for reading :) ( i have memes to go make )
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Bruce felt it before it happened. The same, thick tension he felt before. The uncomfortable heat at the base of his neck, like someone was breathing down it. Bruce didnāt know where Phantom had gone or what happened to him, but he was willing to bet it wasnāt good. The woman he brought with him, Red Huntress, seemed similarly on edge, gun in hand.Ā
Constantine muttered a few words under his breath, a light glow of gold emitting from his hands. After studying it for a moment, he looked up, concern obvious on his face.
āSomethingās here,ā he informed them grimly, his mouth pressing into a line as his brow furrowed.Ā
āShow yourself, Creature,ā Diana barked, unsheathing her sword and leveling it in front of her.Ā
āIf this is what I think it is,ā the woman in red murmured, so soft Bruce could barely hear her even though she was right next to him. āYou need to get your team and run .ā Bruce nodded; he had spent enough time not listening.Ā
A low, heavy laugh spread over the room. It felt like it was echoing from every corner of the Watchtower, in his ear and across the hall at the same time. It wasnāt manic, like some of the Jokerās laughs. It was slow, careful, deliberate. And Bruce couldnāt help but shutter.Ā
ā You ,ā the Red Huntress hissed, drawing another gun so she had one in each hand. She stepped into the center of the room, effectively crowding Bruce and his teammates back against the wall and behind her.Ā
āHello, Valerie,ā the voice intoned, sticky sweet. It was then Bruce recognised it, the smooth intonation of arrogance and hate. It appeared that Bruceās mystery visitor had decided to make a guest appearance.Ā
āWhere is he?ā The Red Huntress, or rather, Valerie, asked, venom hot in her words. Bruce caught the slight tremble of her hand. He didnāt imagine it was from fear but a viscous anger instead.Ā
āSomewhere he cannot interfere,ā the voice hissed. Valerie spun and let off a shot into the corner of the room seemingly at random. The voice laughed.Ā
āYour aim is getting better,ā it mocked, āI could feel the heat off that one.āĀ
āWe both know that I can kick your ass any day of the week, Plasmius. Letās not draw this out,ā Valerie bit out. The voice, Plasmius apparently, laughed sardonically.Ā
āI made you , stupid girl,ā Plasmius sneered. Out of nowhere, a bright pink blast lit up the room and caught Valerie in the shoulder. Despite the still smoking fabric of her suit, Valeire didnāt flinch at the contact. Next to him, Constantine let out a low whistle. Bruce rolled his eyes.
It was remarkably hard to fight an opponent you couldnāt see and even harder to fight one that also messed with your sense of hearing. Add on top of the fact that Bruce knew Plasmius didnāt register on any of their sensorsā¦
Bruce couldnāt help but feel a sense of dread pooling in his stomach, sinking like a condemned weight.Ā
āDonāt you think the Justice League deserves to know just who theyāre partnering up with?ā Plasmius asked, fake innocence clear in his tone.Ā
āHe can speak for himself, he is not a child ,ā Valerie spit, shooting off another blast into the ceiling. From the pained grunt, it appeared that this one made contact. Bruce didnāt know how she was locating him, but if he could figure it outā¦then he could do the same.Ā
āHe has no right!ā Plasmius roared, shooting off a barrage of pink blasts that left Valerie on defense. Out of her left arm, a shield sprung seemingly from the very fabric of her suit, deflecting the harsh blasts that left scorch marks on the walls.Ā
ā He has every right! ā Valerie screamed back, shooting off her own volley of green blasts, a few of them making clear contact on the enemy as green sludge dripped from the air.Ā
āHe is mine , as you were supposed to be,ā Plasmius screeched, voice becoming more distorted the angrier he got. ā Mine, mine, mine, mine, mine! ā One of Plasmiusā shots made solid contact into Valerieās chest, sending her flying backward. The woman slammed into the wall hard enough to crack the concrete. On her descent back to the floor, she spun around and what looked like a hoverboard bloomed from the soles of her feet.Ā
āGo back to Wisconsin, you fucking weirdo!ā Valerie yelled as a sort of war cry, flying full speed at seemingly nothing only to tackle Plasmius out of the air. As the two of them collided with the floor, Plasmius appeared on the visible spectrum. Bruce couldnāt help but inhale sharply as he took in the appearance of the creature before them. He had slick, green skin and dark red eyes burning with malice. His teeth were overly sharp and his thin lips were drawn up in a snarl. Wild black and grey hair framed his face and a dark, billowing cape seemed to pour out of him in inky black shadows.Ā
Valerie wasted no time in flipping around on the ground so she was on top and punching the vampirish man square in the face. She reared back for another hit but a black gloved claw caught her fist and threw her like a rag doll across the room. She recovered with the same grace Bruce saw in Dickās fighting, falling in a back handspring and landing in a crouch. Her head turned to the side and despite the face mask Bruce could tell her gaze was frantic.Ā
āWhat the fuck are you people still doing here? Run!ā She all but growled at them before her shield was back up deflecting a shot of electricity.Ā
āOh thatās right ,ā Plasmius preened, thin lips stretching into a predatory smile with too many teeth. ā We have company .ā Plasmius made a dive for their group against the wall, going for Diana first. The Amazon batted him away with her sword but the metal cut right through him. Dianaās eyes widened in shock as she swung again to the same result.Ā
āImpossible,ā she whispered under her breath. Plasmius just laughed, leering over them. His figure seemed to stretch and distort, lengthening and twisting to fill their entire field of vision.Ā
āMy dear, Iām afraid you have no idea whatās possible.āĀ
The last thing Bruce heard was Valerieās panicked no before everything went dark.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
Valerie was, in fact, having a terrible time. Her visor had been completely shattered about two minutes in and as a result sheād taken off her helmet completely. Her hair, which had at some point been tightly tied back, was only half up, strands of curls hanging down into her face. Her nose was steadily dripping blood down her face, the taste of iron filling her mouth.Ā
She supposed she had some small consolations: Vlad wasnāt exactly strong enough to overshadow multiple members of the Justice League at the same time and a good number of the heroes in attendance were of the human variety; Nightwing might be able to do a quadruple backflip but that didnāt mean it was a skill Vlad was going to be able to pull out of his ass. On a similar note, just because Vlad had access to new powers didnāt mean he knew inherently how to use them; a weakness that Valerie was doing her best to exploit.Ā
Still. She wasnāt paid enough to try and fight Superman. Phantom so owed her for this shit.Ā
Her train of thought was interrupted as she caught a brutal punch to the jaw. Valerie snapped her head back around, grabbing the Dark Knightās wrist as he wound up for another punch and flipping him over her shoulder into the ground. The slight red glow dimmed from his eyes and Valerie turned just in time to deflect a blast from Supermanās laser eyes. (And seriously? Laser eyes? What a tacky superpower). She sent a harsh kick his way, ignoring how her ankle cracked painfully on contact. She didnāt think it was broken, but damn if it didnāt sting like a son of a bitch.Ā
As the Man of Steel went sprawling, Valerie caught a nasty zap from Wonder Woman.Ā
ā Ow! ā Valerie yelped, firing off a couple rounds at the Amazonian Princess. āWhat the fuck! Ratchet bitch,ā Valerie swore as one of her ectoblasts lit the womanās hair on fire.Ā
It was a good thing that Valerie didnāt give a shit about the Justice League's overall well being; it would have been a lot harder to fight them if she had to worry about holding back (she was decidedly not going to think about the fact that she was starting to struggle as it was). They were big, rough and tough superheroes. If they couldnāt handle a couple ectoblasts here and there then they really shouldnāt have decided to fuck around with ghosts. Phantom might be a bit pissy about her kicking the shit out of them, but he was the one that got kidnapped and left her to deal with the clean up so fuck him.Ā
Valerie crouched and pressed her hands over her ears as Captain Marvel clapped a sonic boom. Phantom so owed her for this.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
Diana was struggling piecing together what was happening. One moment she was pressed against the observation deck glass, head pounding as she watched the young woman in red grapple with Red Robin. The next, she was on the other side of the room, standing, a fresh burn on her leg and the woman was locked in a viscous spray of red and green as she fought with Clark. In between her bouts of consciousness, she would feel an uncomfortable heat press against the back of her eyes and she would black out, only to awake again, aching and somewhere else.Ā
At some point, she ran into John, who was sporting a nasty head wound and what looked like a broken arm.Ā
āConstantine, whatās goin on,ā she slurred out, ears still ringing and the obtrusive smell of burnt hair invading her nose.Ā
āGhost possession,ā he garbled out, blood dripping out of his mouth and onto his less than pristine white dress shirt. He opened his mouth to speak again but was interrupted as Nightwingās limp body crashed to the floor between them.Ā
āWhat do you even want ?ā The woman in red screamed from across the room, firing a round of strange green energy from her futuristic gun as Captain Marvel. As her teammate dodged and swerved, Diana couldnāt help but gasp at the harsh red glare of his eyes as he sent off a powerful blast of lightning.Ā
āI want his head on a platter!ā Captain Marvel screamed, his voice a distorted mess of his own and Plasmiusā. Diana watched as Captain Marvel reared back, a massive amount of energy pooling in his hands. The woman in red drew the sword from her back, a heavy looking blade that Diana was surprised to recognize as a spatha. Captain Marvel released his blow and the Amazon watched as the lighting made contact with the blade. The woman in red, now missing her helm, was pushed back a step but the lightning never reached her, dancing and constricting around her sword, the energy shifting from a brilliant white to a poisonous green. With a guttural yell, the woman in red pivoted as she swung her sword around her body and sent the green charge back towards Captain Marvel. The man screamed and fell from the air, hitting the floor with enough force for Diana to felt the vibrations, still writhing in green energy. His features distorted as he screamed and Diana watched in horror as a sickly green vampirish man in a tattered white suit crawled out of her teammateās chest. The green energy followed him, leaving Captain Marvel limp on the floor as the creature crawled forward, from shifting and blurring as he made his way towards the woman in red. The woman in question was slumping against the meeting room table, now split in half despite being solid stone. She was breathing heavy, dark, curly hair askew and matted with blood in some places. Her nose was bleeding and her lip was split, her left hand pressed to the side of her ribs. Barely standing but sword held level in front of her with her right hand. (Diana felt her breath catch in her throat as she looked on at a warrior alone. Amazons are never meant to fight alone).Ā
Just as Diana was about to stand, to ignore the searing pain covering her body, a sharp tearing sound filled the air and a bright green portal was ripped into existence. A frosty chill spread across the room, ice creeping out along the floor with the portal at its epicenter. A white clawed hand gripped the side of the portal and a distorted figure drew itself out, green eyes burning with malice.Ā
Ā
Phantom .Ā
Ā
Rather than slumping back against the table at the appearance of her partner, the Red Huntress spat a glob of blood to the floor and rose to her full height, taking her sword in two hands as ice crept up her leg and covered her torso, stopping whatever bleeding she had been clotting.Ā
ā„̸ĶĢð̓Ģ̔µ̶̿̔ ̷Ģ̹wĢ“Ģ̩Ä̷Ķ̯ñ̷ĶĶā Ģ“ĢĶ Ģ·Ķ̹hĢ·ĢĶ ĆÆĢµĢĶmĢ“ĶĶ?Ģ·ĶĢā Phantom asked, voice garbled and rough, making her hairs stand on end. The Red Huntress broke into a bloody grin, wide and sharp. A predator.Ā
In lieu of answering, she stalked forward, grabbing the still squirming ghost by the neck with one hand, turning and dragging him back towards the green portal.Ā
Ā
He screamed the whole way; a trail of red and green blood left behind him.
Notes:
She's so cool omg
Chapter 29: Sing, Goddess (Sing Of The Rage of Achilles)
Summary:
In which some things are lost, others are learned, and more are sacrificed.
Notes:
ugh i live. the war continues. im officially in college. week one complete. what a ride. I started this when i was a junior in high school so i have officially graduated from "child fanfic author" to "adult fanfic author". gains for me. obviously i will have to figure out my timing schedule and finding time (and motivation) to write. but nonetheless, we shall persevere. Even if i take long breaks, I will not abandon this without explicitly saying. Thanks for keeping it chill in the comments and not begging me to update, much appreciated. anyway, here's a long one since i figure i am very, VERY overdue.
anyway. have fun with this one.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
āAre you alright?ā Tim looked up, vision blurry and head pounding. A soft light was flooding his vision and he had to squint, groaning as his eyes slowly adjusted. When they did, Tim nearly jerked in surprise. Hovering over him, Phantomās green eyes were filled with concern, his white hair floating around his face. (Tim almost passed back out). Instead, he punched his internal turmoil back down and sat up, coughing heavily.Ā
āWhat happened?ā Tim asked shakily once he regained his breath, his gaze traveledĀ around the meeting room of the Watchtower. The room was basically destroyed, the stone meeting table split in half, lighting fixtures exposed and hanging from the ceiling, scorch marks mareing the wallsā¦It looked like a warzone.Ā
Phantom responded with what Tim felt was an appropriate grimace.Ā
āI told you there are quite a few ghosts who donāt like meā¦ā Phantom trailed off and Timās eyes widened.Ā
āYou mean a ghost did this?ā He asked, breath catching as he reassessed the level of damage. Phantom winced.Ā
āTechnically, the Justice League did this.ā Tim whipped his head back around to look at Phantom, mask lenses narrowing as he stared into Phantomās too green eyes.Ā
āExplain,ā he said curtly. Phantom sighed, rubbing the back of his neck in what Tim had caught as a nervous habit.Ā
āGhost possession is a dangerous thing. I told you why I didnāt want the Justice League involved with them. I mean, Superman gets brainwashed enough as it is.āĀ
āYou fought the Justice League? And won?ā Tim asked incredulously. Phantom let off a laugh at that.Ā
āNo, Plasmius doesnāt like to play fair. He managed to get some cult to spirit me away while he attacked you guys,ā Phantom explained easily (as if that wasnāt one of the most concerning sentences Tim had heard all month). The white haired teenās face split into a shark-like grin, eyes sharpening as he looked around the room, a distinct sense of pride lacing his words.Ā
āHe didnāt count on Red being here too.ā Tim sucked in a breath.Ā
āThe woman you came here with? The Red Huntress? She soloed the Justice League ?ā Tim exclaimed, jerking forward to sit up straighter and wincing when the action caused a shot of pain to run through his chest. Phantom just laughed, echoey and far away sounding despite the fact that Tim was right next to him.Ā
āRed is one of the strongest fighters I know.Ā Sheās dealt with the Froot Loop plenty and she can kick my ass into next week, easy. I knew sheād be fine,ā Phantom explained with a shrug. (Tim made a mental note to seriously look into who the fuck the Red Huntress was because holy shit). Tim looked around again, trying to see if he could catch a glimpse of the woman in red. His eyes brushed past his brother who appeared to be recovering from a serious head wound and his father who seemed to have slipped into full brooding mode (ā¢). He caught the distant figures of Diana and Clark slumped over against the ruined meeting table, Captain Marvel and Constantine talking quietly in the corner. But no mysterious Red Huntress. Phantom seemed to pick up on Timās searching easily enough and saved him the trouble of having to ask.Ā
āShe dragged Plasmius back to the realms. Heās been off his rocker for a while now, or, rather, more off his rocker than usual but this is way out of line,ā Phantom sighed, running a hand through his hair and then down his face. Tim took the moment to steal a glance at the ghost boy who, up close like this, didnāt seem all that ghostly. His skin wasnāt the same unnatural coloring like Constance or Skulker, bright green or blue or white. It was tanned, a bit olive in undertone. His body wasnāt set in strange proportions and while his face was a bit too sharp, his features were not too angular to appear inhuman. He didnāt have claws or inch long fangs or pointed ears. Sure he had his celestial glow and unearthly white hair and toxic green eyes but if you were to change the coloringā¦Phantom would almost look human. (Above all, he looked tired. Tim thought back to the boy with the strawberry milkshake all those months ago, bleeding and bruised, a worn smile on his face as if stitching a little girl back together with nothing but his own will was too common to warrant anything other than resignation). Tim found it just the slightest bit unsettling. (A part of him cursed himself for being unsettled by Phantom. Of course he had off things about him, he was a ghost another, traitorous part of him found it fascinating). Tim met Phantomās eyes and fought back the heat rising to his face when he realized Phantom caught him staring. Tim looked away, clearing his throat.Ā
āSo, uh, whatāll happen to him?ā Tim asked, desperate to move on past the moment. The ghost just shrugged again.Ā
āHeāll have to stand trial.āĀ
āYou mean ghost court?ā Tim asked. Phantom nodded. āLike the one you got subpoenaed for?ā At this Phantom let out a low groan, burying his head in his hands.Ā
āDonāt remind me, I have to go next month. Figures theyād rig the whole court deal as a way to try and get me to accept the stupid cor-ā Phantom stopped himself suddenly, swallowing the word almost unnaturally.
(Tim ignored the strange itch at the back of his mind telling him something had changed and heād missed it)
. Tim raised an eyebrow.Ā
āAccept your what?ā He asked as gently as he could. Phantom, however, seemed unmovable by subtle probing. The ghost just shook his head and turned to sit facing the observation windows. Tim moved to join him.Ā
They sat like that, in silence for a good while, enjoying the stars. The light chatter of the others faded out, the adrenaline from a fight Tim didnāt remember retreated and the aches in his body settled, giving way to a feeling of subtle contentment. The small bud of warmth made space right under his diaphragm, sitting heavy, pressing against his ribs. It was a strange feeling, one Tim had a hard time naming. Still, he was content to think about it later. Right now, he was enjoying the view (every once in a while, Tim would sneak a glance at the ghost to his right, the feeling growing warmer as he looked at the way Phantomās eyes seemed to drink up the starlight).Ā
āYou know,ā Phantom said quietly after some time had passed and Tim turned to face him more fully. Phantom, however, remained facing the cosmos.Ā
āWhen I was younger, I wanted to be an astronaut. I wanted to travel the stars, go to distant planets and solar systems. Maybe find another universe.ā There was a bitter wistfulness to Phantomās tone and Tim felt his breath bate.Ā
The ā but then I diedā went unsaid, but Tim heard it all the same. (Something in him stuttered as he caught a brief glimpse of the anguish hidden behind Phantomās quiet smile).Ā
āWell, you must have had time to explore them now? You and Captain Marvel go on any fantastical space adventures?ā Tim asked with a slight laugh, desperate to relieve some of the bitterness he saw in Phantomās eyes. His smile fell as Phantom tilted his head to look at him, a heavy weight seeming to rest on his entire being.Ā
āPhantom?ā Tim asked, a heavy feeling growing in his sternum.Ā
āAs for how old I am, do you want the me version or the actual factual history version?āĀ
āUhm. Both?āĀ
āWell, according to me, Iāve been dead for around 3 years . However, according to like, records and stuff, Iāve been dead for a few millennia.ā
Iām plenty dead and Iāve had my fair share of hurt and angry . I am a teenager after all.
Timās eyes slid down to Phantomās chest, eyes catching on the bold white logo on the front, the strange black material of his suit. The rubbery-looking fabric looked like it wouldnāt hold up against a pair of safety scissors, much less a knife.
āYou know, Phantom,ā Tim swallowed, eyes flicking back up to the ghostās face. āYou never did tell me where you got your suit.ā The edges of Phantomās form buzzed and the ghost boy looked down, eyes shut tight.Ā
āI am so tired , Red Robin,ā Phantom whispered and Tim felt something break around his heart. In his mind, he cursed himself. Of course he wasnāt thousands of years old. He had taken the easier answer. Take Phantomās half truths and concocted the story Phantom wanted him to believe instead of reality . His friend was just a scared, dead kid in charge of protecting not just the world but reality as they knew it and he missed it . Before he could curse himself any further, Phantomās soft voice interrupted his train of thought.
āPlasmius attacking here today has upped certain time tables. Significantly .ā Phantom explained, the weary expression on his face draining away to one of resignation. A bitter smile crept back onto his face.Ā
āIām afraid I wonāt have time to see the stars for a little while.ā Tim froze.Ā
āWhat do you mean?ā Phantom slid his gaze over to him.Ā
āIt was nice to meet you, Red Robin. Iāve left some info about ghosts with your magic wielder. Itās not much, but it should be enough to sait Batman for a while,ā Phantom trailed off, looking back out at the stars.Ā
āYouāve seen what happens now, when good people come into contact with bad ghosts. Weāre lucky that Red was here to deal with Plasmius, that he hasnāt been at full power for a while now, that he hadnāt done his homework and figured out how to properly use the powers of the heroes he possessed. We wonāt be as lucky the next time the Justice League messes with things they donāt understand.ā Phantom stated curtly, Tim nodded along.Ā
āYouāre leaving, arenāt you?ā Tim asked. Phantom simply nodded. (
Tim tried not to feel the ache in his heart
). The ghost boy sent Tim another glance before taking one last long look at the stars, as if trying to memorize every detail of the sky (
Tim tried to do the same with Phantomās face
). Then, in between one breath and the next, he was gone.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
ā-inationā¦ā Danny trailed off, the slightly tingly sensation of Clockworkās powers washing over him as time stopped. Danny turned to face his mentor, currently in the form of a young child, who stood off to the side drawing in blue robes.Ā
āI know you are displeased with the Observantsā choice,ā Clockwork started. Danny sent him an unimpressed glare.Ā
āExcuse me if holding a high trial that isnāt even due for another thousand years just to get me to accept the crown a couple centuries early seems asinine,ā Danny bit out.Ā
āYou will have to accept,ā Clockwork told him, his voice deepening as he shifted to a young man, probably only a couple years older than Danny. Danny, for his part, stood up sharply, brow furrowing.Ā
āWhat? No! I read over the rules, I did all the homework, I spent hours with Ghost Writer and Dorthea going over ghostly law, I canāt legally accept the crown until I'm like 400 years old. The Realms explicitly does not want a child ruler. They canāt make me accept.āĀ
āThe law states that no ghost under age may wear the crown-āĀ
āIf the crown is won in trial by combat, an advisory council of the ghostās choosing will rule until the ghost comes of age,ā Danny finished, reciting the law from memory. āI told you, I did the readings. I assigned my council, the Realms have been running well enough for the last year. They canāt make me accept early, Clockwork, I have a life I am trying to live. I canāt just- just leave .ā Danny said desperately, his voice bordering on pleading. Clockwork simply shook his head.Ā
āThe law states that no ghost under age may wear the crown. But you, my boy, have never been just a ghost . You are more than a ghost, and more than a human, as you always have been. I told you, when I sealed Dan away, that you were always destined to either destroy the Realms or save them. The moment you stepped into that portal, only two paths appeared before you: his, and yours. In the whole of time and space, in the infinite chaos and order of the multiverse, in the grand expanse of Everything and Nothing, you are the only Danny Fenton. You have no doppelganger, no second, no Other. Your choices are absolute. You were chosen by the Realms herself to bear the weight of Infinity and now is the time you take up that burden.āĀ
In Clockworkās solemn tone, Danny knew that while there was nothing the old ghost could do, it was not what he wanted. Danny felt a sob bubble in his throat.Ā
āThey promised me; 400 years they PROMISED ME!ā Danny wailed, his scream echoing off nothing as time itself contained his anguish. Clockwork simply stood silent as Danny raged. In the confines of Clockworkās power, there wasnāt much damage Danny could do, but as splinters and spider web-like cracks began to run through the fabric of time, Clockwork couldnāt help but wonder⦠Still, he held firm as his charge, ward, friend, son Danny unleashed his wrath. And for a moment, Clockwork felt something in the cosmos shift as Time and Space fought. Eventually, Danny regained his composure, sitting back down on the floor next to Red Robin and Clockwork placed a hand on his shoulder.Ā
āI was supposed to get to live,ā Danny whispered bitterly. Clockwork nodded.Ā
āFor what itās worth, I think you will make a fine King.ā Danny simply nodded. The boy looked up at him. (Heād grown so much over the last three years. Clockwork, of course, had seen all different manners of his life. His was the only future Clockwork was not truly privy to; for all his power, in the end, Space was the only thing that could ever truly keep up with him.)Ā
āCan I say goodbye here?ā Danny asked him. Clockwork nodded.Ā
āYou are expected in the Realms in 5 days. The Observants have not the patience for much longer. This Plasmius incident has only made them more paranoid. If you avoid them now, it will cause a great disturbance in the Realms. But,ā Clockwork paused, āI suppose your choices are always your own.ā (The old ghost didnāt expect Danny to run
he never did
but wherever Space went, Time was sure to follow). Danny nodded.Ā
āThank you, Clockwork. For doing your best.āĀ
The old ghost simply nodded.Ā
Ā
Time In. Ā
Ā
Notes:
alternative chapter summary: i try my absolute hardest to make you cry in 2482 words.
if you weren't absolutely sobbing by the end of this idk what to tell you maybe you really just are built different. I almost cried writing it and i dont cry at anything. (ugh bro the way i could fuck up some dick grayson angst tho lemme know if you wanna one shot of me torturing that man for like 4 thousand words straight that shit would be delicious).if you DID cry dont be mad at me. the chapter title is /literally/ the opening of the illiad like bro. did you think it would just be fine??
if you DO like angst, specifically how i write it, maybe check out my other work Death Before Inaction where i make one peter parker go all the way through it and shit on the avengers for like 20k words (so far, tehe)
also freaky inhuman danny fenton and too human too normal danny phantom my beloved <3
dont forget to send in your memes on tumblr!! @hppjmxrgosg (i love them carnally) also comments make my day and i read every single one :) (If you're super funny ill probably respond tbh). (one day i will figure out how to embed links in my notes. but today is not that day.)
anyway, chiao, toodles, lates, whatever.
Chapter 30: Rebel Against Conformitiy (Define Yourself With Love in Mind)
Summary:
In which choices are made and Danny does what is called a "pro gamer move".
Notes:
ho-ly fuck guys. The ao3 author curse is real and boy oh boy did it fuckin come for my ass. The very universe was trying to take me out but, rest assured, I have persevered. Like a trooper. In any case, I have escaped with almost disturbingly little trauma over the whole situation. Therefore, I will be returning to my "fuck it, we ball" lifestyle. Sorry it took so long to get back into this but, as promised, I will never abandon a work without EXPLICIT say so. like trust you'll know. Things just take a minute every now and then. I do actually have plans for the next chapter (a very rare occurrence, mind) so *hopefully* things don't take too long but do not fucking quote me on that. Anyway, college has been overall baller and I didn't eat shit on my midterms so here is this shit I wrote at 3:47 AM. Godspeed and Enjoy
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
āWhat happened?āĀ
Itās her first question when Danny slinks upstairs, past her room, and towards his own. He winces, obviously hoping she hadnāt been awake to confront him (he should have known better, Jazz always waits up for him). Still, she watches as tension clings to her brotherās frame, drawing his shoulders tight and his face into one of guilt. Seeing this, Jazz stands from her position at her desk, crossing her room and dragging her brother out of the hallway, shutting the door softly behind them.Ā
āDanny?ā She questions, her eyes widening as she sees tears threaten to spill over her brotherās face. She pulls him into a hug, worry heavy in her heart. Danny had never been much of a crier, even as a child. Her brother could grin and bear it better than just about anyone she knew, much to her dismay. To see him like this, so openly upsetā¦it worried her greatly . (If she had to dismantle the Justice League herself she would ).Ā
āVlad attacked their meeting,ā Danny told her after a long silence. She held him tighter, gripping his shouldersĀ
āIāll kill him, I swear to God,ā Jazz muttered. Danny let out a weak laugh.
āI think Valerie beat you to it,ā He murmurs. Jazz nods, staying silent to allow him space to tell her more.Ā
āClockwork stopped in. The Observants theyā¦they want to up the timetable. They want to coronate me,ā Danny says, the last words coming out choked. Jazz stills.Ā
ā What?ā She hisses, pushing her brother away from her to look at his face. The look her brother wears is one of anguish and Jazz feels her heart break in her chest.Ā
āTheyā¦They canāt do that . Danny they promised you , I mean itās in writing for Godās sake! What they, they canāt ā¦ā she trails off, seeing the tears start to drip from Dannyās eyes.Ā
āOh God, Danny. Danny, Iām soā¦Iām so sorry,ā she chokes out, dragging him into another tight hug. He buries himself in her shoulder and they sink to the floor. She combs her hands through his hair as he bitterly explains between soft sobs. Her hands shake with anger and Jazz bites her lip so hard it bleeds as her own hot tears drip down her face.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
Danny falls asleep in her arms rather quickly, all things considered. But, she supposes, heās had a rather long day.Ā
Jazz had never been one quick to anger. Danny was the one with the fiery passion and the quick wit, the fierce comebacks and biting words. Righteous in it, she would say. Her anger had always been colder than his, ironic as it was since he was the one with ice powers. Jazz always tried to seek other alternatives before anger, as usually it was just fear in a more aggressive form. But nowā¦.now Jazz was afraid. Jazz was terrified . And she was very, very angry.Ā
All her life, Jazz had done her best to keep her little brother safe. Safe from their parents, safe from kids at school, safe from the world. But Jazz wasnāt made for fighting ghosts and fixing dimensions and stopping the fabric of reality from unraveling. Jazz didnāt know how to fix this .Ā
And that made her very, very afraid. She was in horror at the choice placed at her brotherās feet. She didnāt know the ins and outs of ghost law and there wasnāt time for her to learn. She couldnāt save him from this, from the weight of Infinity.Ā
Jazz thought about her little brother, who seemed to always pick himself up. Her brother who fought, who tried, who bled, who hoped . Her brother who was born to be who he is.
Anyone else would have died in that portal, Jazz is sure of it.Ā
Jazz wished it had been anyone else.
(Trust her, sheās tried)
.Ā
But it wasnāt. All she could do was stand by Dannyās side. Whatever came next, whatever the Realms decided, Jazz would be there.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
āWhat the actual fuck?āĀ
Danny bites back a smile. Sam always had been able to put things succinctly.Ā
āNah really, what the fuck , dude? That is legit ridiculously messed up. I mean, they canāt just sweep away 400 years of your life,ā Tucker agreed, looking at Danny with wide eyes. Sam nodded vigorously.Ā
Sam and Tucker had both come over early that morning and were now seated in his living room, Jazz making breakfast in the kitchen. The Fenton parents were visiting Aunt Alicia who had somehow managed to convince her sister to take a break from ghost hunting and visit her (a truly impressive feat. Danny really didnāt know what that woman had said to his mother, but he applauded her for it endlessly).Ā
āThose fucking bastards ,ā Sam spit. āThey canāt just do this to you! āOh, you know those 400 years we promised you? Haha, actually we lied, you have five days, good luck!āā She mocks, rage not at all hidden in her tone.Ā
āWhat do you think, Jazz?ā Tucker asks dejectedly from his seat on the floor. In lieu of an answer, his sister simply starts moving around the kitchen with much more noise, slamming the drawer she had open and angrily rattling the silverware. Tucker gestures to the kitchen.Ā
āWell, that answers that. So,ā his friend leaned forward, a dangerous glint in his eyes. āWhat are we gonna do about it?āĀ
Danny sighs, rubbing a hand down his face.Ā
āI donāt know what we can do , man. I feel, I feel so helpless . I mean, Clockwork wants me to accept, right? I canāt just run away but being aā¦a king ? No way, thatās just,ā Danny trailed off weakly, burying his head in his hands. Sam started pacing.Ā
āClockwork doesnāt know everything,ā she started.Ā
āHe literally does,ā Danny interjected.Ā
āNo,ā she said, spinning around to face him. āNo, he doesnāt. Not about you. Remember after the wholeā¦yāknow, D-A-N situation? He said youād surprised him.ā
āMaybe he was being facetious,ā Tucker shrugged. Sam shook her head.Ā
āNo way. An all-knowing being admitting to not knowing something as a joke? Not happening. Clockwork, from what youāve told us, loves lording information over other people and being spooky and mysterious. Thereās something about you , Danny, that fucks with that. And if Clockwork doesnāt know everything about you, for whatever reason, then that means thereās a third option.āĀ
āI can work with a third option,ā Tucker said, turning to look at Danny. Danny looked up at his friends.
āAre we really gonna roll with āsecret third thingā right now? Thatās what weāre banking the fate of the fabric of reality and my mortal soul on right now?āĀ
āWhy is the fate of reality at stake again? Like I know it usually is but why is this time in particular the one thatās gotta result in you accepting kingship?ā Tucker asked, scrunching up his nose. Danny groaned, slouching back in his chair.Ā
āFrom what I gather, it has to do with Vlad and his dumb shit,ā Danny bit out, Sam and Tucker groaning.Ā
āThat fucking Fruitloop,ā Sam hissed under her breath, returning to her pacing.Ā
ā Basically ,ā Danny started, āVlad fucking with the Justice League like he has has opened up a whole can of timestream worms that are scaring the shit out of the Observants. You know how they are, haters of everything. Lots of new, fun little apocalypse scenarios have popped up which, usually, isnāt a problem for them as theyāre generally pro-ending-of-humanity. However , since the Realms has been without an actually good and competent ruler for literally millennia, they feel the Fabric is too unstable to actually handle the amount of doomsday scenarios that have sprung up as a result of Vladās fuckery. It's just too, weak , really. Itās not enough in balance to handle such massive devastation to mortal realms. They think if they make me king Iāll be enough to stabilize the Fabric and therefore the Realms.āĀ
āSo martyrdom, great,ā Sam grimaces.Ā
āHypothetically, how bad would it actually be if we didnāt stabilize the Fabric?ā Tucker asked, pressing his fingers together.Ā
āBest case scenario? Some really wack shit goes down pretty much all over. Real Doctor Strange type stuff. Worst case?ā Danny leaned forward, resting his elbows on his knees. He looked up at each of his friends.Ā
āWeāre talking an entire multiversal collapse. Multiple universe deaths. Definitely some reality collisions. I mean it⦠it would be bad.āĀ
ā Fuck ,ā Sam said and Tucker let out a low whistle.Ā
āOkay so we definitely need to stabilize the Realms,ā Tucker said.Ā
āBut we need to find an option that isnāt just offering Dany up like a sacrificial lamb,ā Sam interjected, Tucker nodding along.Ā
āSo,ā Jazz said, wiping her hands on a hand towel as she entered the living room. She put her hands on her hips and Danny caught a terrifying glint in her eyes. āHow do we do that?ā Danny looked at the three people in the room with him, feeling a swell of love burn through his chest. He couldnāt leave them behind, these people who did so much for him, who believed in him, who loved him. He was promised his four hundred years and goddamnit he was going to get it.Ā
āI think I need to go see Frostbite.āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
The Far Frozen was, as it always was, cold . Not a regular cold, of course. This was one that seeped into your bones and instead of making them ache, numbed them. This was not a wet cold that blew through you and left your very blood feeling sluggish in your veins. Nor was this a dry cold that left your skin feeling cracked and raw if you were outside too long. This was the cold you felt after an avalanche, buried in snow, suffocating slowly. Numb and distant . Comforting, in the way deep water is.Ā
He found Frostbite in his Hall. It seemed he had just finished holding court and was only too pleased to stand to greet Danny; Danny had traveled alone, as he could fly much faster than the Specter Speeder could. His friends and sister were hesitant to let him leave alone (and he was hesitant to leave), but it was eventually decided that Danny would make the journey solo.Ā
āGreat One, it is a joy to see you well! What brings you to my Hall on this day?āĀ
āThey want to make me king, Frostbite,ā Danny tells him, cutting to the chase. His friendās face drops.Ā
āBut, it has not been long enough, has it,ā Frostbite said darkly. Danny shook his head.Ā
āThey believe the Realms are too unstable to handle certainā¦timeline possibilities that have cropped up as of late. They want to coronate me in 4 days.ā Frostbiteās gaze grows hard.Ā
āThey would chain you with a kingdom,ā Frostbite sneers. āYou have grown too powerful for their comfort, Great One.ā And this was not an angle Danny had considered. Still, to hear it said out loudā¦Danny always supposed the Observants were too efficient for their own good. Stabilize the Realms and get him on a leash all in one move; tricky at best, diabolical at worst.Ā
āIf you accept your coronation now, they would only use it to bind you,ā Frostbite continued. āThe Realms need unification, yes. The Fabric has weakened, yes . But I do not believe that your martyrdom will keep the Realms intact. You are the keeper of balance, Great One. You are more than a king to this place and to shackle you to it, I fear, would show favor.ā Danny looked up.Ā
āYouāre saying that making me king would do more harm than good,ā Danny surmised, eyes widening. Frostbite nodded slowly.Ā
āI believe that there is a chance that chaining you to the Realms would knock things further out of balance. You are special, Great One, for many reasons, but one of them is because you walk both sides of the line. You are a being that exists on the edge of the coin. To imprison you here with such a title and so brutally remove you from humanityā¦I fear it would upset the scales more than any timeline event could,ā the old chieftain explained. Danny furrowed his brow.Ā
āSo how do I fix this? You say if I accept now I would only be turning myself into a pawn and might doom the Realms even more. But if I donāt accept, then the Realms will fall into disarray and everything will be destroyed.āĀ
āI have been a leader for many centuries, Great One, and I have found myself making many great and difficult choices, none of which compare to the scale of the decision you face now. But the great chieftain before me, Xeo, had a saying before she folded into the Fabric: āthe best way to disarm a trap is to spring it.ā The Observants want to shackle you to a title to contain your power. So find a title to tie yourself to. They want stability in the Realm and they want it in the form of a ruler, but the Realms has been without a true High King for thousands of years. One being acting supreme doesnāt sound quite balanced, now does it?ā Frostbite told him, a mischievous glint in his eyes. A slow grin began to split Dannyās face.Ā
āI notice you donāt rule alone,ā Danny said, hope beginning to burn in his chest. Frostbite grinned, bearing his sharp teeth.Ā
āNo. No I do not.āĀ
Ā
š¢
Ā
āThis shall not stand ,ā hissed the eyeball in front of him. Danny did his best to remain unaffected, but the weight of the room was starting to choke him.Ā
He stood dressed in full regalia (he was, after all, still technically the Crown Prince), before a court of 50 High Observants and a full gallery of nearly 10,000 spectators. All of the rulers of the districts of the Realm, their advisors and courts, as well as Dannyās own appointed court, and various knights, nobles, and interested citizens gathered for attendance. The Ancients themselves loomed high in the shadows of the court, watching beyond the Veil of Perception.Ā
āWhat will not stand ,ā Danny said blithely, āis you and your court deliberately going back on your bargains. We had a deal . You said 400 years and then I accept my place in Court and become High King as I come of age. That Ā was the deal. You have since broken that. I am responding in kind.āĀ
āYou would let the entire multiverse collapse, the Realms fray and burn , for your own childish humanity?ā One of the Observants sneered, narrowing his single eye at Danny.Ā
āTying myself solely to the Realms before my mortal end would have far more disastrous consequences than whatever apocalypse scenarios Vlad has unleashed,ā Danny refuted.Ā
āThat is only one of infinite possibilities, child ,ā another floating eyeball snarked. āThis is simply proof that you are not ready for the burdens of kinghood. However, we have found it to be the only way. You have no choice but to accept. If you do not, you doom us all.āĀ
āThere is never only one choice,ā Danny said firmly, eyes burning their brilliant green. āThere is never only one way. This is the Infinite Realms , and you expect me to believe there is only one way? That there is only one answer? Life is more complicated than that and Death most certainly is. And,ā Danny raised his head, fighting back a smirk. āJust as there is not only one answer to a given problem, the Realms has no need for just one ruler.āĀ
Whispers broke out among the gallery and the Observants shifted nervously in their seats.Ā
āWe have always had a High King. Since the dawn of the Time there has only ever been one,ā an Observant stated patronizingly. Danny ignored them.Ā
āI propose a High Council, a court. Made of the Rulers of the Districts and the Ancients. All the delegations that would fall to the High King would be distributed among the Council. The Realms has spent too long dependent on one being, too long dependent on an unfair, biased ruler. Too long ununited. We must come together, rule together. The balance of Infinity cannot rest on the shoulders of one; balance comes from the careful hands of many. Donāt you agree?āĀ
(Danny felt satisfaction burn deep in his core as the Observants sneered down at him, the din of the cheers from the gallery drowning out their protests for order.)Ā
Notes:
Yee fuckin haw how was that? Hopefully I managed to explain a little bit more about the whole "coronate danny NOW" scene of the last chapter. Gotta be honest, took me a minute to write myself out of that plot hole I dug (you guys know I don't plan this thing. I just write everything on vibe, say eh good enough, and post it with no thought head empty. THEN i gotta be like oh shit what next. It's a horrible process.)
I was gonna write more but, again, its almost 4 am and I got shit to do tomorrow. I'll go through and make your memes for tumblr later. Expect them in several hours. BUT! feel free to start your own creations you know I love them very dearly and they warm my soul. As always I read every comment and love them all very much as they make my day. Thank you so much for reading <3
Don't forget to check out the podfic of this work by ChaosKiro, linked in the works inspired by this one section. Go give them some love they are doing a PHENOMENAL job.
Chapter 31: Would You Like To Know How I Died (Can You Guess The Color Of My Blood)
Summary:
In which Constantine isn't paid enough for this and Tim stows away
Notes:
Alternative Chapter Summary: Constantine and Tim's magical adventure to Candy Mountain
YEEHAW we are back babyyy. Ya girl has finished finals (fucking DOMINATED them, btw) and is finally free of earth science.
Anyway. This chapter has been in the works for a lonnngg time. so I hope you enjoy >:)
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
It took Constantine about 3 weeks to track down a ghost.Ā
Heād been avoiding doing it for months, the whole āgoing to the source materialā thing. Ghosts were tricky and evasive and definitely didnāt want to be bothered by pesky humans. Heād only ever come across one in his life (besides the Phantom, that is) and he still had the heebie-jeebies over the whole experience. Nasty creatures when they wanted to be. So heād toiled away, leafing through old texts and vague accounts to discern what he could for the big bad bat without actually having to find a ghost.Ā
But the little incident at the Watchtower had begged some questions that needed answering and now Constantine had to go do some dumb shit he didnāt want to.Ā
The little bit of info Phantom had slipped him (according to one of Batmanās birds) had been a help, though he figured the kid probably had given it to him with the intention of warding him away from specters, instead of leading him to them. But the little brat had dipped out and escaped further questioning, meaning it was up to John to go and get answers before the Bat got it in his thick skull to do something stupid like go ghost hunting on his own. (Or worse, summon another one of āem).Ā
After the⦠incident , the Justice League had been antsy. Or rather, more than usual. Which of course made them more annoying than usual. Batman had been having some sort of crisis, as far as John could tell, probably at war with himself over wanting more information and being worried about the kid. Wonder Woman had been oscillating between her āghosts are dangerousā agenda and finding the woman in the red suit who had set her hair on fire. (John needed to get his hands on that security footage eventually. Seeing the Justice League so thoroughly laid out by a 5ā2ā menace in red kevlar was going to be the highlight of his life). Captain Marvel had been suspiciously neutral about the whole situation, especially given Phantom was supposedly his friend, but John didnāt get paid nearly enough to deal with whatever was going on there. And Superman? John didnāt even want to get into whatever the fuck the boy scout had going on. He wasnāt touching that with a 10-meter pole.Ā
One of Batmanās birdies, who John was pretty sure was Red Robin, had been his biggest headache of the whole ordeal. He didnāt know what the kidās problem was or why he was so invested (honestly he didnāt care), but he did need to stop poking around in Johnās neck of the woods before he got himself cursed, possessed, or killed.Ā
Which led him to now.Ā
Heād managed to track down what was likely a ghostly presence to the outskirts of Gotham (of course). Even better luck was finding what he was pretty sure was a binding spell of some sort (the last thing he needed was another pissed off entity after him). The problem had come when the batbrat had tumbled out of a bush in the middle of John setting up the ritual.Ā
āUgh, not you again,ā John groaned, dusting the chalk off his hands. Red Robin only glared at him.Ā
āBugger off, will ya? Iām doing something important and I donāt need your lot mucking it up, now do I?ā John said, lighting a cigarette and shoving his hands in his pockets, taking a step back to look at his handy work.Ā
āThis is a ghost summoning ritual,ā Red Robin stated, looking on at the various symbols and candles the occultist had laid out. John turned and gave the kid a bewildered look.Ā
āHow do you even- yāknow what? I donāt wanna know. What I do know , is you donāt belong here, so once again, bugger off ,ā John snapped, flicking sparks from his cigarette at the brat. Red Robin only shook his head defiantly, crossing his arms. John rolled his eyes.Ā
āPhantom is my friend and Iām going to find him. Either you let me help you, or I do it myself.āĀ
John looked to the sky, counting the few stars he could see blinking out from Gothamās perpetual smog. Even this far out from the main city, the air still felt thick and heavy.Ā
āWhat makes you so sure he wants to be found, eh?ā John asked, tilting his head slightly to look at the kid out of the corner of his eye. Red Robin stood firm.Ā
āBecause he didnāt want to leave,ā he informed him matter of factly. John rolled his eyes.Ā
āHe hates us, kid. Iām only out here looking for him because your mentors are all pissy they got the shit kicked out of them.āĀ
āNo,ā Red Robin shook his head. āNo, you didnāt see him when he left. It was like, like he was being forced to. Wherever he is, it isnāt where he wants to be. And maybe where he wants to be isnāt here butā¦he seemed trapped, Constantine.āĀ
And doesnāt that throw a wrench in things? Ghosts were tricky. They didnāt play by the normal rules of supernatural beings. Phantom was probably a lot more powerful than the rest of them were cognisant of but John could feel it, just a touch. Could catch a glimpse of what was under the ghostās disarming smile and teenage form. And anything that could trap Phantom was decidedly not good for the rest of them. Freeing Phantom from whatever Red Robin thought had him (if he was trapped) might be more disastrous than they could handle. On the other hand, it would be nice to know what had him and if it planned on being a problem later. John sighed, pinching the bridge of his nose.Ā
āIf I donāt let you stay youāre gonna run off and do something stupid?ā John asked Red Robin, already knowing the answer.Ā
āProbably, yeah,ā he conceded. John groaned.Ā
āFine. You sit over there, you keep your mouth shut , and if I tell you to get out of here you do it, understand?ā John said, raising an eyebrow. Red Robin mimicked crossing his heart over his chest and dutifully sat where instructed.Ā
āThis is going to be a bloody nightmare,ā John grumbled under his breath.Ā
Ā
š¢
Ā
Tim was actually amazed he got Constantine to let him sit in on the summoning. Heād been doing his own research, trying to track down his friend, with little luck. Heād even tried to track down Phantomās supposed āhuman friendsā through his phone number, but had nothing when the number came up as out of service. He thinks back to that meeting with Phantom and Jason in that Dennyās, watching Phantom blink out of existence in between one breath and the next, and pushes down the hollow feeling that heāll never find his friend. It had been made clear that the Infinite Realms was not a place a living person could easily access and even if it was, Tim didnāt know where to start.Ā
Tagging along with Constantine was the closest Tim had gotten in weeks. If finding Phantom meant pushing down his pride and listening to the surly British occultist, then heād do it. Because whether the Brit believed it or not, Tim was sure wherever Phantom was he wasnāt there willingly. The heartbreak in his friendās eyesā¦the grief .Ā
Tim could only hope that he wasnāt too late to stop whatever it was that had Phantom so defeated.Ā
Iām afraid I wonāt have time to see the stars for a little while.
Tim shook his head, turning back to his surroundings. Constantine had apparently finished, based on his tense posture and wary glance in Timās direction.Ā
āI wanna preface that this could turn into a real shitshow right quick,ā Constantine tells him, taking one last drag of his cigarette before snuffing it out. Tim nods. With one last cursory look at Tim, Constantine threw a match down onto what looked like a ring of salt.Ā
A bright light engulfed them, temporarily blinding Tim. He hissed, blinking the spots out of his eyes. When his vision readjusted, the lightly wooded area they were standing in had become awash with a faint green glow the same color as Phantomās eyes. In the center of the circle Constantine had made was a slightly scraggly looking man. He was thin and wasnāt incredibly tall with dark hair and thin, wire glasses. At a glance, he looked largely human, except the fact that he was devoid of color, save for a long purple overcoat and his bright green eyes. His skin was a pale gray and the rest of his clothes looked as though they had all their dye leached out of them. When the man or, Tim assumed, ghost caught sight of them, his lips curled upward to reveal sharp, shark-like teeth.Ā
Constantine raised his hands as the ghost bumped his shoulder against the apparent force field holding him in the circle. Realizing he couldnāt easily escape, the ghost turned his gaze to Constantine, then to Tim.Ā
āWell this is an interesting pair,ā the ghost said, his voice very human sounding compared to Phantomās unearthly echo.Ā
āāEllo, mate. Not looking to cause any trouble for ya. Just want a bit of information's all,ā Constantine started, hands still raised in surrender. The ghost seemed unimpressed.Ā
āAnd what,ā the ghost drawled, crossing his arms, āwould you be willing to give for this āinformationā.ā Tim looked to Constantine. What if Constantine deemed the price too high? What if they didnāt get anything out of this? What if this ghost was their only hope and they let him slip away? Before Tim could open his mouth, Constantine had already shrugged.Ā
āDepends on whatcha want, mate. If itās something reasonable, sure,ā Constantine said. The ghost considered this.Ā
āYou can ask me three questions,ā he started, pushing his glasses up his nose in a gesture so human Tim shivered. āSince youāve gone to all this trouble to get me here and you seem reasonable enough, not trying to dissect me and all,ā the ghost said casually but Tim held back a flinch, remembering Phantom standing before them, nearly torn to shreds after his encounter with some supposed ghost hunters.
āYouāll tell us what you want in return first,ā Constantine said, avoiding wasting one of their questions asking the ghost what he wanted. The ghost seemed surprised by Constantineās smooth evasion of his trick, and he smiled, pleased.Ā
āVery good, you are a tricky one. In return Iād like to be let go, completely unbound and unharmed, of course, andā¦I would like to know the names of my summoners,ā the ghost said with a smile, showing off his sharp teeth. Tim narrowed his eyes as the ghostās gaze slid his way. Constantine, sensing his discomfort, gave Tim a sideways glance. Tim debated. Bruce would be pissy if he just gave up his secret identity so easily but, overall, his name was a small price to pay for some answers. Tim nodded and Constantine turned back to face the ghost.Ā
āRight then. Now, I expect good, complete answers. No monosyllabic bullshit. So, question one: Whereās Phantom?āĀ
The ghost seems surprised at their question, glowing green eyes widening.Ā
āPhantom? What do you want with him?ā The ghost asked defensively. Constantine raised his hands.Ā
āJust wanna know where he is, mate.āĀ
āYes, the Ghost Child. Currently, as far as I know, heās been in court, cleaning up Plasmiusā mess, as usual.āĀ
āWhy does he have to be the one to do the cleaning, if heās just a child?ā Constantine asks. Tim bites his tongue. They only get three questions and while Tim knows a great deal about interrogating people, he has to trust that Constantine knows the questions to ask supernatural beings to warrant the best results. The ghost considered this, tilting his head back and forth.Ā
āWell, several years ago, Phantom defeated the tyrant, Pariah Dark. That technically makes him Crown Prince of the Realm, though Phantom has been trying to shake the coronation for as long as possible. Not that anyone wants him for a king, least of all him. Thatās just the excuse though, everyone knows itās because heās a Halfa. Heās always been the Realms favorite and the Observantsā love to try and punish him for it. Forcing the Crown on him is just their latest attempt in a long line of trying to get him under their thumb,ā the ghost explains, crossing his arms and glaring at the ground in contempt. Tim suddenly realized that this ghost had to be a friend of Phantomās, or at least an ally. Someone who really knew him.Ā
āWhy is he the Realmās favorite?ā Constantine asked before Tim could gather his thoughts, before he could even begin to piece through the ghostās response and who he was to Phantom and who Phantom was to the ghost. The ghost sighed, turning away from them partially.Ā
āWhen he died,ā the ghost started slowly, as if he didnāt really want to answer them, tasting each word before spitting it out at their feet. āPhantom reached whatās called the Vertical Limit; something no being had ever done before. There are certain circumstances that must be met in order for a living person, or being, to become a ghost upon death. There must be some ectoplasm present, naturally, and there must be strong emotion surrounding the death. Usually from the dying, but every once in a while others can feel so strongly that it impacts the process. And, usually, the death is something traumatic. There are rarely ghosts ever made from natural causes,ā the ghost tells them gravely, green eyes cast absently into the distance, seeing through them.Ā
āThe more ectoplasm, emotion, and trauma involved,ā he continues, āthe stronger the ghost. However, thereās only so much ectoplasmic energy a being can handle; dead or alive. That is the Vertical Limit. If that limit is exceeded, well no one really knew because it had never happened before. Itās an incalculable number in terms of pure energy . To have not only met it but exceeded it , would require an absolutely catastrophic event in terms of energy and emotion. The amount of ectoplasm that would need to be present alone isā¦itās almost unfathomable. But then Phantom died. And the entire zone got his creation. Phantom exceeded the Vertical Limit. A death so emotional, with so much ectoplasm that it turned him into something more than a regular ghost; we call him a Halfa.āĀ
They lapsed into silence, Constantine looking at the grass at their feet as if it held the answers they searched for and Timā¦Tim felt a deep, hollow grief for his friend.Ā
Iām like, much cooler than most other ghosts though, so donāt expect others to be so chill.Ā
A joke Tim hadnāt gotten then, probably barely got now. But Phantom had told him in the beginning he wasnāt like the rest. That other ghosts didnāt like him for it. Tim thought about what the wiry ghost told them. A death so full of emotion and ectoplasm that it created something Other . That it broke the mold.Ā
Tim had once noticed the weight in Phantomās eyes and compared it to the likes of Superman and Martian-Manhunter, the last of their respective species, and wondered what that made Phantom. He had wondered if Phantomās death was something bloody.Ā
Ā
Now he knew.
Ā
Ā
Notes:
WOOOOH TITLE DROP
fucking finally my god.
when it takes you 31 chapters to get to the fucking point. (Like literally The Point, the only reason I wrote this shit good grief)Also I don't wanna hear shit about "oh why did he give up information so easily? that was so easy" constantine had bro in a binding spell okay. He threw in a little "tell me everything i want to hear" magic idfk im not a wizard.
Y'all caught that the ghost was ghost writer right? It's okay if not but it's not like bro is gonna introduce himself. Ghost writer is an interesting character to me bc he and danny really don't get along in the actual show but are usually tight in fanon so yk. Ghosty here doesn't really *love* danny but they're chill at least.
Anywhoozles. Happy Holidays to those who celebrate and I wish everyone safety, warmth, good food, and love during this time. Your memes will be posted soon enough. (once again, tumblrdotcom. same username. come hang out. we have a good time. send me shit, i'll eat it.)
I read all of your comments (thanks for all of them they fuel my god complex) and if you're funny enough (or like have a legitimate question) I'll probably respond.
Make sure to check out the podfic of this work by the lovely ChaosKiro, linked in the works inspired by this one. They're doing a great job.
AND, if you like my shit, come check out my other work, Death Before Inaction, where I basically rant about Spider-Man for several thousand words.
Anyway. Toodles.
Chapter 32: Promises Promises (To Keep Or To Break)
Summary:
In which Jason makes a promise.
Notes:
what's this?? A vertical limit update???
Maybe god is real.
Sorry it has been entirely too long since I updated this fic. To be completely honest it was a whole slew of things: I was bored, I was busy, I stopped being as into Danny Phantom, my chemistry classes consumed my life, yadda yadda yadda. In addition, this is...kinda the final arc? Like we're almost at the end. This is it. The start of the grand finale. Hold onto your hats I guess?
Sorry that this is so short after being away for so long, but I just need to get over the hump of this chapter and maybe I'll be able to lock in again.
In any such case:Welcome to The End.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Jason feels him before he sees him. Feels a slight chill run up his spine before he feels the Pit wriggling and shrieking in his veins; frantic. He feels it press itself thin against the walls of his cells and make itself small before going silent, still. Thereās only ever been one person that could make the Pit quiet; that could make it afraid .Ā
āPhantom?ā Jason whispers, eyes searching the surrounding area. Heās on a stake out (has been for hours), pressed to the tin roof of a warehouse overlooking a wharf. A low fog horn sounds in the distance and the faint sound of waves lapping the docks are the only response Jason gets. He shakes his head, trying to convince himself itās nothing. (Itās not nothing. His head is clearing for the first time in months, pressure easing off him in a way heād thought heād dreamt.)Ā
Either Phantom was here, or something else was.Ā
āPhantom?ā Jason whispers again, voice a little more insistent and grip a little tighter on his gun. Once again, he recieves no answer. Jason twitches, debating on whether or not heās finally lost it. Just when Jason was about to drop everything and pull himself from the field, clearly compromised, a loud clang catches his attention.Ā
Crawling across the roof to get a better angle on the other side of the building, Jason peers down into the dark walkway between two shipping containers. He canāt make out much, aside from the glint of distant street lights off the small puddles pooling in the chipped concrete. On silent feet, Jason leaps down, crouching as he lands. A low skittering sound catches his ear and he snaps his head towards it. A slight chill of unease creeps up Jasonās spine as he feels himself being watched. He unclips one of his guns, holding it low in front of him as he inches towards the sound. Just as he reaches the edge of one, ready to poke his head around the corner, a sharp hiss stops him in his tracks.Ā
ā I would not look closer if I were you, Little Soldier,ā a quiet voice tells him, gentle despite the chilling warning. The voice seems to slither between speaking in his head and speaking aloud; both close and distant at once. Jason swallows heavily.Ā
āYou arenāt Phantom,ā he notes, the words feeling very thick in his mouth. He reminds himself to breathe as the air seems to become hotter, more humid; suffocating. The voice laughs and Jason swallows bile.Ā
āNo, I am not Phantom,ā the voice seems to chuckle, though Jason wouldnāt really classify the noise it makes as such. It is⦠grating . There is a distinctly wet sound to the voice that reminds Jason of the squelch of blood and skin when digging a bullet out of muscle. Despite it all, despite the unholy sounds of the voice, the hot, oppressive air that is filling the space between the shipping containers, and the thick smell of sulfur and decay that seems to be circling him, Jason doesnāt feel particularly in danger. Entirely freaked out and disturbed, yes. But he doesnāt feel the thrill of adrenalin or a crippling sense of fear justā¦discomfort.Ā
āCan I ask who you are?ā He asks cautiously, wearily. Afterall, the only thing that had ever frightened the Pit like this was Phantom, and Phantom was basically a minor god if Constantine was to be believed.Ā
"You know who I am, Little Soldier," the voice whispers. Jason feels as though there are cold hands running up his spine as the smell of sulfur intensifies. He suppresses the urge to gag. For a split second, the sensation morphs into something else. The sulfuric smell seems to mix with the air in a way that reminds him of the gutter after a heavy rain. The humidity reminds him of the Narrows in the summer, when the heat gets boxed in between the metal buildings and everything seems to sweat. It reminds him of the fire in the manor when Alfred has let it burn too long, cinder seeping into the walls and making the tapestries and drapes smell like smoke for days after. The feeling of the floor of the Batcave, colder than any surface he's ever known. The hands up his back start to feel more and more like Dick's, rubbing up and down his spine when he has a cold. The squelch of the voice's laughter starts to sound more and more like the way a knife cut is stitched up by Alfred's steady hands. It's whisper is starting to sound more and more like Bruce when he's running out of things to say.Ā
Ā
The voice is right. He does know who it is. He just doesn't believe it.Ā
Ā
"You can't be here," Jason breathes. A faint buzzing seems to fill the air and Jason can't decide if he'd better liken it to streetlamps or locusts.Ā
"I am not meant to be," she agrees. "But here, I am." Ā
"What do you want?" Jason swallows. His voice doesn't shake because he isn't afraid. But it almost does because he knows that he should be.Ā
"Your help," she says. Jason nods.Ā
"Okay," he whispers. (He doesn't really know how he would go about refusing, if he's right. He's gonna lose it if he's right .)Ā
"There is Darkness coming. He brings Hell with him. Find Phantom. He has power. He will Protect Them."Ā
"Phantom has been missing for months," Jason tells her. "Everyone thinks he's gone."Ā
"Not gone," she disagrees. "You would know if he was gone, Little Soldier. You have the touch of death. And like all dead things, you would know if he were to Die."Ā
"I can try and find him," Jason assures her. "This⦠Darkness . He got a name?"Ā
"Names have power. He will know we're listening ."Ā
"Right," Jason murmurs "of course. Can't have it be easy, now can we?"Ā
She chuckles, a thick, heavy sound that Jason feels press over him.Ā
"Rest, Little Soldier. War is coming. Phantom made a promise to me. Be sure he keeps it."Ā
"I'll try," Jason promises, but he knows she's already gone. He abandons his stakeout, confident in finding his perp another day.Ā
He has to go figure out how to explain he met Gotham in his mission report.Ā
And figure out where the hell Tim's dead love interest is.Ā
Notes:
teehee.
OUR BADDIE IS BACK IN BUSINESS HELL YEAHH
ALSO remember when like 3 years ago I promised you all Dick Grayson angst? It's here! Plato's Allegory of The Batcave is my dick grayson one shot where I try my hardest to KILL HIM. >:)
and while you wait for this to update again, consider pursuing my other works, my Tony Stark angst one shot where i put him in a blender and my Spider-Man long fic which I ALSO updated today, like a fucking boss.
Enjoy and see you next time!(memes on tumblr soon to follow as always)